|
This chapter contains detailed descriptions of the Cisco WAN switching software SuperUser commands for Release 9.2. The Cisco WAN switching software SuperUser command descriptions appear in alphabetical order. You need user privilege level 0 (zero) to use these commands.
Caution These commands are intended to be restricted to Cisco personnel and other qualified users, such as system administrators. Do not distribute this information to casual users because using some super user commands improperly could lead to system malfunction or complete failure. |
Also note that once you log into a node as SuperUser (user privilege level 0), you will have access to all the SuperUser commands in this guide throughout the entire session until you log off that node.
Table 1-1 lists the Cisco WAN switch software level 0 (SuperUser) commands in alphabetical order. The table also lists the nodes on which each command is available and whether you can include the command in a job. To access these commands, type in SuperUser at the login prompt. Enter the super user password and the password prompt. To exit a command at any point, press the Delete key.
The screen examples in this chapter are based on a network containing an IGX or BPX or any combination of these nodes. For detailed descriptions of commands requiring a user-privilege level in the range 1-6, refer to the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference.
This section briefly describes the statistics CLI (command line interface) descriptions that are provided for various statistics commands (for example, cnfchstats, cnflnstats, cnfportstats, and so on.) Each statistics command displays various field names on the CLI. Note that the descriptions provided in the various statistics description tables may vary from the actual description of the field name as it appears on the switch software command line interface statistics screens.
Only BXM card statistics descriptions are provided; however, note that many of the UXM card statistics are similar or identical to those used for the BXM card. This means that in many cases, the description may also apply to the UXM card. Note also that the statistics descriptions provided in the various tables may not always map directly to the CLI field names, but in many cases, they provide a description of the statistic that is sent from the card firmware to the switch software CLI (through ComBus messages from the firmware to switch software).
There are several tables provided, which contain ComBus messages, along with descriptions of how each message is used by the switch software. Note that in many cases, the ComBus message description provides a description of the statistics field name on the CLI screen display, on dspchstats, dspchstathist, and so on.
The tables have the following columns:
This operation provides a way for the software to collect channel statistics. The number of channels statistics that can be collected is limited and configurable by software. Note that all of these statistics are not available on the Monarch firmware at one time. For the statistics that are not configured, a value of zero will be returned during the "get" operation.
In the description column, the numbers in brackets indicate how many stats-per-connection need to be configured on the card for the specific statistic to be available over the ComBus interface. [ALL] indicates the statistic is available regardless of the number of configured stats-per-connection. If the number inside the [ ]s is preceded by "A:", that means that the statistic is available when primary statistics are requested for the connection. If the number inside the [ ]s is preceded by "B:", that means the statistic is available when secondary statistics are requested for the connection.
Command | Description | Job | IGX | BPX |
---|---|---|---|---|
burnfwrev | Burn Firmware Revision | Yes | X | X |
clrcderrs | Clear Detailed Card Errors Log | Yes | X | X |
clrcnf | Clear Configuration Memory | No | X | X |
clrfpevt | Clear FastPAD Event Reporting | No | X |
|
cnfabrparm | Configure ABR Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cnfadcom | Configure Access Device Communications Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cnfbusbw | Configure UBU Bus Bandwidth Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cnfcdparm | Configure Card Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfcdpparm | Configure CDP Card Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfcftst | Configure Communications Fail Test Pattern | No | X | X |
cnfchstats | Configure Channel Statistics Collection | Yes | X | X |
cnfchts | Configure Channel Timestamp | Yes | X | X |
cnfcmparm | Configure Connection Management Parameters | Yes | X | X |
cnfdiagparm | Configure Diagnostic Test Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfdlparm | Configure Download Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfecparm | Configure Echo Canceller Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cnffpcom | Configure FastPAD Communication Parameter | Yes | X |
|
cnffpcon | Configure FastPAD Connection Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cnffpddelay | Configure FastPAD Sc/Mc Parameters | No | X |
|
cnffpdpvc | Configure FastPAD bc/bc pvc Parameters | No | X |
|
cnffpmap | Configure FastPAD Map Table | Yes | X |
|
cnffpport | Configure FastPAD Port Parameters | No | X |
|
cnffpsys | Configure FastPAD System Parameters | No | X |
|
cnffstparm | Configure Frame Relay Optimized Bandwidth Management Node Parameters | No | X | X |
cnflan | Configure LAN | No | X | X |
cnflnparm | Configure ATM Line Parameters | No | X (UXM) | X |
cnflnsigparm | Configure Line Signaling Parameters | No | X |
|
cnflnstats | Configure Line Statistics Collection | Yes | X | X |
cnfmxbutil | Configure Muxbus Utilization | No | X |
|
cnfnodeparm | Configure Node Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfnwip | Configure Network IP Address | No | X | X |
cnfphyslnstats | Configure Physical Line Statistics Collection | Yes | X (UXM) |
|
cnfportstats | Configure FR Port Statistics Collection | Yes | X |
|
cnfrobparm | Configure Robust Alarms Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfslotstats | Configure Slot Statistics Collection | Yes |
| X |
cnftcpparm | Configure TCP Parameters | Yes | X | X |
cnftermfunc | Configure Terminal Port Parameters | Yes | X | X |
cnftlparm | Configure Trunk-based Loading Parameters | No | X | X |
cnftrafficgen | Configure Traffic Generation Test Parameters | No | X | X |
cnftrkparm | Configure Trunk Parameters | No | X | X |
cnftrkstats | Configure Trunk Statistics Collection | Yes | X | X |
cnftstparm | Configure Card Self Test Parameters | Yes | X | X |
cnfuiparm | Configure User Interface Parameters | No | X | X |
cnfuvmchparm | Configure UVM Channel Parameters | No | X |
|
cnfvchparm | Configure Voice Channel Parameters | Yes | X |
|
cpyfpmap | Copy FastPAD Map Table | Yes | X |
|
dchst | Display CDP Channel Status | No | X |
|
diagbus | Diagnose Failed Bus | No | X |
|
drtop | Display Route Op Table | No | X | X |
dspasich | Display ASI Channel Routing Entry | No |
| X |
dspbuses | Display Bus Status | No | X | X |
dspcderrs | Display Card Errors | No | X | X |
dspcftst | Display Communications Fail Test Pattern | No | X | X |
dspchan | Display Channel Configuration | No | X |
|
dspchoid | Display UXM Connection Operation Routing | Yes | X (UXM) |
|
dspchstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Channel | No | X |
|
dspchstathist | Display Statistics Data for a Channel | No | X |
|
dspclnstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Circuit Line | No | X |
|
dspclnstathist | Display Statistics History for a Circuit Line | No | X | X |
dspcnf | Display Config. Save/Restore Status | No | X | X |
dspdnld | Display Download | No | X | X |
dspdutl | Display Data Channel Utilization | No | X |
|
dspecparm | Display Echo Canceller Parameters | No | X |
|
dspfpdsc | Display FastPAD Card Descriptor Parameters | No | X |
|
dspfwrev | Display Firmware Revision | No | X | X |
dsplnstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Line | No | X | X |
dsplnstathist | Display Statistics Data for a Line | No | X | X |
dspphyslnstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Physical Line on a UXM | No | X |
|
dspphyslnstathist | Display Statistics History for a Physical Line on a UXM | No | X |
|
dspplnmcons | Display Packet Line Connection Counts by Master Node | No | X |
|
dspportstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a FR Port | No | X |
|
dspportstathist | Display Statistics History for a FR Port | No | X |
|
dsprevs | Display Revisions | No | X | X |
dsprobst | Display Robust Statistics | No | X | X |
dsprrst | Display Reroute Statistics | No | X | X |
dspsig | Display Signaling | No | X |
|
dspslot | Display Slot | No | X | X |
dspslotstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Slot | No | X | X |
dspslotstathist | Display Statistics History for a Slot | No | X | X |
dspstatfiles | Display TFTP Statistics File Information | No | X | X |
dspstatmem | Display Statistics Memory Use | No | X | X |
dsptcpparm | Display TCP Parameters | No | X | X |
dsptrkcons | Display Trunk Connection Counts | No | X | X |
dsptrkmcons | Display Trunk Connection Counts by Master Node | No | X | X |
dsptrkstatcnf | Display Statistics Enabled for a Trunk | No | X | X |
dsptrkstathist | Display Statistics History for a Trunk | No | X | X |
dsputl | Display Voice Connection Utilization | No | X |
|
getfwrev | Get Firmware Revision | Yes | X | X |
killuser | Kill User | No | X | X |
loadcnf | Load Configuration | Yes | X | X |
loadrev | Load Revision | No | X | X |
prtcderrs | Print Card Errors | Yes | X | X |
rrtcon | Reroute Connection | Yes | X | X |
rststats | Reset Statistics Collection TIme | Yes | X | X |
runcnf | Run Configuration | No | X | X |
runrev | Run Revision | No | X | X |
savecnf | Save Configuration | Yes | X |
|
setfpevt | Set FastPAD Events | No | X |
|
tststats | Test Statistics | No | X | X |
tstubus | Test UBU Allocation Spacing | Yes |
|
|
upggrp | Upgrade Groups | No | X | X |
The burnfwrev command burns a new firmware image into a specific card.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dspfwrev, getfwrev
<image name> | Specifies the name of the firmware image to burn. You should typically enter image names in all capital letters; also, image names are case-sensitive. |
<slot number> | Specifies the shelf slot where the card to burn is located. Specifying slot 0 will burn all cards of the appropriate type at the local node. |
This command is used to burn a firmware image into the memory of a specific card. Before you use burnfwrev, the firmware image must already reside in the controller card's memory. (Use getfwrev to load the image to the controller.)
A few seconds after you enter burnfwrev, the system displays a screen similar to that shown in Figure 1-1, then the Burn Address column starts to indicate the addresses that are being "burned." When burnfwrev finishes, the status changes to "Complete."
After all cards at a node have been updated with burnfwrev, enter the following to clear the firmware image from the controller card's buffer area:
getfwrev 0.0 node_nameUse the dspfwrev command to display the firmware image status on the controller card at any time after burnfwrev has finished.
At the super user level (0), you can use burnfwrev only to change the revision level of a card's firmware. If the firmware revision would result in a new model number for the card, only a user with a higher privilege level can burn the firmware image. In this case, you would have to call the TAC to execute the command.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 17 1998 14:28 PDT
Firmware Size Status
F.D.A 256 K Burning into slot 19 (6 lives)
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
0 800000 10 E986E939
1 800800 410 22996DDA
2 801000 2D40 B212147F
3 805E60 480 85CB29EA
4 80A630 70 57A938AE
5 80A6B0 20 4B9E8DDC
6 810000 10000 338E45F6
7 820000 4400 95990113
8 835000 1810 875771B2
9 8368A0 15D0 4C597B97
This Command: burnfwrev
Continue?
The clrcderrs command clears the history of card failures (errors) associated with the specified slot.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dspcderrs, prtcderrs
<slot number | *> | Specifies the slot number to clear. A "*" can be entered to clear all cards. |
This command clears the history of card failures associated with the specified slot. When you enter this command system responds with Slot Number or *. After you enter the command, the system asks you to confirm that it is OK to clear this data.
For example, to clear the data from the FRM card in slot 3, enter the command illustrated in Figure 1-2. This screen also illustrates the card's stored data.
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 5 1998 18:48 GMT
FRM in Slot 3 : 172240 Rev ESJ Failures Cleared: Date/Time Not Set
----------------------------------- Records Cleared: Date/Time Not Set
Self Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 495 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 2
First Pass: Date/Time Not Set Last Pass: July 29 1998 19:36:48 GMT
First Fail: Last Fail:
Background Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 29849 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 0
First Pass: Date/Time Not Set Last Pass: Aug. 5 1998 18:46:34 GMT
First Fail: Last Fail:
Hardware Error Total Events: 0 Threshold Counter: 0
First Event: Last Event:
This Command: clrcderrs 3
OK to clear (y/n)?
After replying 'y' (yes) to the confirmation prompt, the screen appears as in Figure 1-3.
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 5 1998 18:55 GMT
FRM in Slot 3 : 172240 Rev ESJ Failures Cleared: Date/Time Not Set
----------------------------------- Records Cleared: Aug. 5 1998 18:55:02 GMT
Self Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 0 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 0
First Pass: Last Pass:
First Fail: Last Fail:
Background Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 0 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 0
First Pass: Last Pass:
First Fail: Last Fail:
Hardware Error Total Events: 0 Threshold Counter: 0
First Event: Last Event:
Last Command: clrcderrs 3
Next Command:
The clrcnf command clears the configuration memory at the current node and resets the node.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
loadcnf, runcnf, savecnf
The clrcnf command erases most network configuration data. This configuration data includes connections, trunks, circuit lines, and so on, for the local node. You may need to use the clrcnf command when you upgrade the network with a new software release or when you move a node. A warning and a confirmation prompt appear before the command executes. Figure 1-4 illustrates a typical screen.
This command should be used only on a node that has not yet been placed in service or when the network configuration has been previously saved so it can be quickly reloaded. The configuration can be saved in one of several ways:
Caution Use clrcnf with extreme caution. Typically, you should use clrcnf only if the Cisco TAC has instructed you to do so. This command can make the node unreachable to the network. |
*** Warning: ***
This command clears the configuration memory and resets the Node.
This Command: clrcnf
Are you sure (y/n)?
The clrfpevt command disables the reporting of FastPAD events.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: No Node Type: IGX
setfpevt, dsplog
The reason for executing clrfpevt is to prevent the large number of logged events that accumulate when certain user-controlled disruptions occur. Without suspension of event-logging, the number of events caused by the disruption can cause the FastPAD to become unreachable. Remember to resume event logging by using the setfpevt command. Examples of these events are:
clrfpevt 9.3
The example command halts event logging for the FastPAD connected to port 9.3.
sw152 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Nov. 26 1998 15:14 GMT
Most recent log entries (most recent at top)
Class Description Date Time
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:12 11/26/97 15:13:28
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:1 11/26/97 15:13:28
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 14:28:40
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 12:56:49
Info Invalid Login Attempt via LAN Port (Local) 11/26/97 12:56:46
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 11:31:51
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas COM OK (Kickoff) 11/26/97 11:23:17
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas Unreachable 11/26/97 10:59:32
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas COM OK (Kickoff) 11/26/97 10:56:54
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:12 11/25/97 18:16:45
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:1 11/25/97 18:16:45
Last Command: dsplog
Next Command:
The cnfabrparm command configures parameters for the ABR (Assigned Bit Rate) queue on all ports on the selected UXM.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfportq, dspportq, cnfport, dspport
<slot> | Specifies the slot number of the UXM. |
<CI_control> | Enables or disables Egress/Ingress Congestion Information control. |
<ER_control> | Enables or disables ABR RM cell Explicit Rate stamping. |
The cnfabrparm command lets you toggle the Egress/Ingress Congestion Information control and/or the ABR RM cell Explicit Rate stamping parameters on and off. All ports on the UXM in the selected slot are dynamically reconfigured according to the new parameters.
sw205 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Jan. 27 1998 04:50 GMT
ABR Configuration for UXM in slot 5
CI Control : N
Egress ER Stamping : N
This Command: cnfabrparm 5
The cnfbusbw command configures the amount of bandwidth allocated on the bus for a UXM card.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspbusbw (a standard user command)
<slot> | Specifies the slot number of the UXM. |
<bw> | Specifies the amount of bandwidth to be allocated in UBUs (which the system converts to either FastPackets per second or cells per second. The maximum rate you can set is 288000 cells per second, which is |
The cnfbusbw command lets you configure the amount of bandwidth allocated on the bus for the selected UXM. The default amount of bus bandwidth allocated depends on the connection type you are adding. 77 Mbps (1/2 OC-3 rate) of bus bandwidth is allocated to an OC-3 port card when the first line is upped. For the T3/E3 line, 44/34 Mbps (T3/E3 rate) is allocated as default bus bandwidth. For a T1/E1 line, the amount of bandwidth allocated will be enough for all T1/E1 lines supported on the card. After the default bus bandwidth is allocated, the system will not allocate any more bus bandwidth to the card when you activate more lines, so you must manually allocate the bus bandwidth to the card using the cnfbusbw command. Table 1-2 lists the cnfbusbw screen information. All ports on the UXM in the selected slot are dynamically reconfigured according to the new parameters.
Display | Description |
---|---|
Minimum Required Bandwidth | Minimum bandwidth in FastPackets per second and cells per second required for all connections currently configured on this card. This is calculated by UXM firmware as connections are added. |
Maximum Port Bandwidth | Total bandwidth of all active trunks/ports on this card in FastPackets per second, cells per second and UBUs. |
Average Bandwidth and Peak Used Bandwidth | Statistics counters maintained by UXM firmware. These statistic counters display FastPackets per second, cells per second and UBUs. Use this information when calculating the amount of Bus Bandwidth to be allocated. These counters will be cleared when the UXM card is reset. |
Last Updated time | Shows the time when the counters were last updated. This will be the current time if you answered yes to the Get updated bandwidth info from card (Y/N)? prompt or entered the command with the u parameter. |
Allocated Bandwidth | The bandwidth allocated for this card using the cnfbusbw command. Allocated bandwidth is specified in UBU units and converted to either FastPackets per second or cells per second by the system. |
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:15 GMT
Bus Bandwidth Usage for UXM card in slot 5 Last Updated on 04/07/98 03:15:42
FPkts/sec Cells/sec UBUs
Minimum Reqd Bandwidth: 0 100100 26
Average Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Peak Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Maximum Port Bandwidth: - 288000 72
Allocated Bandwidth: 1
(Cell Only): - 4000
(Cell+Fpkt): 2000 3000
(Fpkts / 2 + Cells) <= 4000
Reserved Bandwidth: - 4000 1
This Command: cnfbusbw 5
Allocated UBU count:
Use the cnfcdparm command to configure the channel statistic level on the BXM/UXM card. This command supports the multilevel channel statistics feature, which lets you configure and display additional levels of statistics on a BXM or UXM card.
Configuration of the channel statistic level is a slot-based parameter. For example, if slot 5 is configured to support level 3 channel statistics, all connections on the card in slot 5 will be set to level 3 statistics.
The multilevel Channel Statistics feature is supported on the BPX and IGX platforms, for BXM and UXM cards. (Refer to release notes for card firmware release requirements.) The Multilevel Channel Statistics feature requires switch software to collect, display and propagate to Cisco WAN Manager the various statistics types. The channel statistic types vary in number and type based upon the level of support provided by the BXM and UXM cards.
Apart from the cnfcdparm command which you use to configure the channel statistic level on the BXM/UXM cards, you configure and use the BXM/UXM channel statistics similarly as in previous releases. You use the following commands to configure BXM and UXM card statistics:
Summary statistics are also referred to as real-time statistics or real-time measurements. These statistics show their values updating in real time, for example, the counter for the number of cells transmitted increment as you are watching. Commands you use to view real-time statistics are dsptrkstats, dspportstats, and dspchstats.
Interval statistics is a general name for three specific statistic types: TFTP statistics, AUTO statistics, and USER statistics. They are also commonly referred to as detailed statistics or history statistics. Interval statistics show historical information, for example, the number of cells transmitted in the previous 30 minutes.
Commands you use to view the enabled interval statistics are: dspchstatcnf, dsplnstatcnf, dspportstatcnf, dsptrkstatcnf, and dspslotstatcnf.
Commands you use to view a single enabled interval statistic in detail are: dspchstathist, dsplnstathist, dspportstathist, and dsptrkstathist.
You can enable the TFTP statistics by using the debug command (cnfstatparms or from the Cisco WAN Manager Statistics Collection Manager (SCM). (Note that you need to have either Service or SuperUser level access to use debug commands.) When they are enabled, all objects that can support an enabled statistic will attempt to do so. For example, if enabling trunk statistic #5, all trunks that can support trunk statistic #5 will attempt to enable it. These statistics are generally used for billing, and monitoring the network's performance.
AUTO statistics, also referred to as IGX or BPX feature statistics, are used for the switches' statistical alarming feature. As their name implies, these statistics are automatically allocated when certain statistical entities are upped or added. Auto stat entries on the IGX are ADPCM, ADPNO, PCM, Transparent and Data connections, as well as trunks and lines. Auto statistic entities on the BPX are trunks, lines, and cards.
USER statistics are statistics enabled through the following commands: cnftrkstats, cnflnstats, cnfportstats, cnfchstats and cnfslotstats. When these statistics are enabled, they are enabled on a specified entity; for example, enabled trunk statistic #5 on trunk 4.2. User statistics are mainly used for debugging.
Previous to Release 9.2, switch software only supported a subset of channel statistics available on the BXM or UXM cards, sometimes referred to as "level 1 statistics." Because the BXM and UXM cards can potentially support a larger number of channel statistics, additional levels (levels 2 and 3) of statistics are now supported in Release 9.2. The number of statistics available are based upon the statistics level programmed on the BXM or UXM card.
Release 9.2 of switch software and Cisco WAN Manager support additional channel statistics on the BXM/UXM cards. These statistics are available as summary and interval statistics. (The "interval" commands dspchstathist, dspchstatcnf, and cnfchanstats commands are available through the switch software CLI. Additionally, statistics information collected by the interval commands is also sent to Cisco WAN Manager.) The set of Real Time Counters statistics supported are the same as previous to Release 9.2.
Table 1-3 lists the channel statistics available on the BXM and UXM cards. The four different levels supported are shown, along with the statistics field description as it appears on the related statistics screens (dspchstats, cnfcdparm, clrchstats, dspchstathist, dspchstatcnf, cnfchanstats). Refer to Table 1-6 for descriptions of the channel statistics listed in Table 1-3.
Level 0 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 |
---|---|---|---|
No Stats | Rx Cells from port | All level 1 | All Level 2 |
| RX EOF's from port | TX EFCI 1 to Port | RX EFCI 1 from Port |
| RX cells to NW | RX CLP0 to NW | RX EFCI 0 from Port |
| Rx CPL1 from port | RX CLP1 to NW | TX EFCI 0 from NW |
| RX cells Non-cmplt | TX EFCI 0 to Port | TX EFCI 1 from NW |
| RX CLP0 Non-cmplt | RX EFCI 0 to NW |
|
| RX CLP1 Non-cmpl | RX EFCI 1 to NW | OAM from Port |
| Ingress VC Q depth | TX EOFs to Port | RM Cells from Port |
| TX cells from NW |
| RM From NW |
| TX CLP1 to Port | RX EOF CNG DSC | OAM From NW |
| TX Cells to Port |
| RM Cells to Port |
| RX CLP0 Cng Dscd |
| Rx EFCI 0 Cng Dsc |
| RX CLP1 Cng Dscd |
| Rx EFCI 1 Cng Dsc |
| RX CLP0 from Port |
| Rx OAM Cng Dsc |
| TX CLP0 Cells to Port |
| Rx RM Cng Dsc |
| TX CLP0 from NW |
| Rx FRM to NW |
| TX CLP1 from NW |
| Rx BRM/Fst to NW |
| Ingress VSVD ACR |
| Tx EFCI 0 Cng Dsc |
| Egress VSVD ACR |
| Tx EFCI 1 Cng Dsc |
| Egress VC Q Depth |
| Tx RM Cng Dsc |
|
|
| Tx OAM Cng Dsc |
| *TX CLP 0 Dscd |
|
|
| *TX CLP 1 Dscd |
|
|
| *TX CLP0+1 Dscd |
|
|
| *RX CLP0+1 from prt |
|
|
| *OAM State |
|
|
| * indicates summary stats only |
|
|
The BXM and UXM cards can be configured for multilevel channel statistics collection. You configure the channel statistic levels by using the cnfcdparm command. You can configure the channel statistics level only on a standby card. If you attempt to execute the cnfcdparm command on an active controller card, you will get a warning telling you that you cannot use the cnfcdparm on an active card.
The cnfcdparm command allows you to set the statistic level on a UXM or BXM card. However, cnfcdparm command will not allow you to change the statistics level if the card is active. The switch software detects the current channel statistics level available on the UXM or BXM card. Also, switch software performs the following card mismatch verification:
The multilevel Channel Statistics feature supports the following functions in card management, channel statistics, and Cisco WAN Manager:
Cisco WAN Manager supports the Multilevel Channel Statistics as provided by the BXM and UXM cards.
The Multilevel Channel statistics are similar to the statistics supported on the current BXM and UXM cards. These channel statistics are accumulated in a historical format using the same collection technique as the current channel statistics. You configure the interval statistics by using the cnfchstats command, and display them by using the dspchstathist command. In addition, you can get summary statistics by using the dspchstats command. You display the additional channel statistics screens by either pressing Return or "y" for yes, depending on whether you are on a BPX or IGX node.
The actual number of statistics available is based on the channel statistics level you configure by using the cnfcdparm command.
You use the following CLI commands to configure and display channel statistics:
Additional memory is required to support channel summary statistics on the BPX and IGX platforms.
132,000 bytes = (33 new stats) * (1000 summary stat entries) * (4 bytes per stat entry)
112,000 bytes = (8 new stats) * (3500 summary stat entries) * (4 bytes per stat entry)
Table 1-4 list the current controller card memory configurable parameters, and Table 1-5 lists the BPX polling intervals and number of connections supported.
Control Card | TFTP/User Memory |
---|---|
BCC 32 | 610K |
BCC 64 | 12.7M |
NPM 32 | 2.0M |
NPM 64 | 12.7M |
Connections Supported | Polling Interval |
---|---|
1-3999 conns | 5 minutes |
4000-7999 conns | 10 minutes |
9001-12,000 conns | 15 minutes |
Table 1-6 lists the BXM/UXM channel statistics object name, levels and descriptions provided in Release 9.2.
Object ID | Object Name | Level | Range/Values | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
05 | Rx Cells From Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
06 | Rx EOFs From Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EOFs received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
07 | Rx Cells to Backplane | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the ingress that were sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
08 | Rx CLP=1 Cells From Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
09-0B | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0C | Rx EFCI=1 Cells From Port | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the port with EFCI=1. [A:28, B:28] |
0D | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0E | Non-Compliant Cell Count (Total) | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant discarded. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardwareit can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
0F | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 0 Only) | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP 0 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardwareit can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
10 | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 1 Only) | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP 1 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardwareit can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
11 | Ingress VC Q Depth | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Current Ingress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
12-14 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
15 | Rx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
16-1E | RESERVED |
|
|
|
1F | Tx Cells From Network | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
20 | Tx CLP=1 To Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells transmitted out the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
21 | Tx EFCI=1 To Port | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells transmitted out the port with EFCI=1. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
22 | Tx Cells To Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells transmitted out the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
23-26 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
27 | Loopback RTD Measurement | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | The Loopback Round Trip Delay measurement in msec. (Still under investigation.) Used to initiate the measurement (Set). The Get is used to get the last measurement known; or zero if now known. |
28 | Local Ingress Rx State | 1 | 0 : Okay 1 : FERF (aka RDI) 2 : AIS | The OAM connection state. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
29 | Rx CLP=0 Congested Discards | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2A | Rx CLP=1 Congested Discards | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2B | Rx CLP=0 Cells From Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (NOTE: This stat is received from the RCMP.) |
2C | Tx CLP=0 Cells To Port | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2D | Tx CLP=0 Cells From Backplane | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
2E | Rx CLP=0 Cells To Backplane | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2F | Tx CLP=1 Cells From Backplane | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
30 | Rx CLP=1 Cells To Backplane | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of CLP=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12,B:28] |
31 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells From Port | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the port. [A:28, B:28] |
32 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells To Port | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:12,A:28, B:12, B:28] |
33 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells From Backplane | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
34 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells To Backplane | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
35 | Tx EFCI=1 Cells From Backplane | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
36 | Rx EFCI=1 Cells To Backplane | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EFCI=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
37 | Tx EOFs to Port | 2 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells with EOF sent to the port. [A:12, A:28, B:28] |
38 | Tx EOFs from Backplane | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of EOFs received at the backplane. [B:12, B:28] |
39 | Rx EOFs to Backplane | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells with EOF sent to the backplane. [B:28] |
3A | Rx Segment OAM | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3B | Tx Segment OAM | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3C | Rx End-to-End OAM | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3D | Tx End-to-End OAM | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3E | Rx Forward RM Cells | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Forward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3F | Tx Forward RM Cells | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Forward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
40 | Rx Backward RM Cells | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Backward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
41 | Tx Backward RM Cells | 3 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Backward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
42 | Rx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
43 | Tx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
44 | Rx Undefined RM Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
45 | Tx Undefined RM Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
46 | Tx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
47 | Rx VI Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
48 | Tx VI Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'ed at the backplane discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
49 | Rx QBIN Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the port discarded due to QBIN threshold violation. [B:12, B:28] |
4A | Tx QBIN Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were disc. due to QBIN thres. violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4B | Rx VC Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the port that were disc. due to VC thres. violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4C | Tx VC Cell Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to VC threshold violations. [B:ALL] |
4D | Rx Cell Filter Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4E | Tx Cell Filter Discards | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4F | Rx Illegal Event Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the port that caused an reserved event in the hardware. [B:28] |
50 | Tx Illegal Event Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that caused an reserved event in the H/W. [B:28] |
51 | Ingress VSVD ACR | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Ingress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
52 | Egress VSVD ACR | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Egress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
53 | Egress VC Q Depth | 1 | 0 - 232-1 | Current Egress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
54 | Bkwd SECB | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
55 | Bkwd Lost Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
56 | Bkwd Misinserted Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
57 | Bkwd BIPV | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
58 | Fwd SECB | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
59 | Fwd Lost Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5A | Fwd Misinserted Cells | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5B | Fwd BIPV | N.A. | 0 - 232-1 | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5C-5F | RESERVED |
|
|
|
60 | SAR Good PDUs Rcv | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of good PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
61 | SAR Good PDUs Xmt | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of good PDUs transmitted by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
62 | SAR Rcv PDUs Discarded | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of PDUs discarded on the ingress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
63 | SAR Xmt PDUs Discarded | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of PDUs discarded on the egress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
64 | SAR Invalid CRC PDUs Rcvd | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of invalid CRC32 PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
65 | SAR Invalid Length PDUs Rcvd | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of invalid-length PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
66 | SAR Short Length Failures | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of short-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
67 | SAR Long Length Failures | ? | 0 - 232-1 | Number of long-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
| TX FRM to Port | 2 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| TX BRM and Fst to Prt | 2 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX EOF Congestion Discard | 2 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX EFCI 0 Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX EFCI 1 Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX OAM Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX RM Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX FRM to Network | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| RX BRM and Fst to Network | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| TX EFCI 0 Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| TX EFCI 1 Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| TX RM Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
| TX OAM Congestion Discard | 3 | 0 - 232-1 |
|
The initial release of the UXM firmware supported only four (4) QE per channel statistics. To support these new statistics, however, more QE memory, on a per channel basis, is required. As the statistics level is increased, the number of connections supported by the card may decrease.
Setting the statistics level can only be performed with the UXM in the standby state. See the switch software command cnfcdparm for details on how to set the statistics level on the card.
The UXM will retain the last setting and will reboot in that mode. That is, if the statistics were set to 2, the UXM, when reset (reinserted, and so on.), will boot with the statistics level set to 2. However, the lowest setting actually set on the card will be the maximum number of statistics with the maximum number of user connections. That is, the UXM can support 4 ingress and 4 egress QE statistics with 8,000 user connections. This would be the equivalent of the statistics level being set to 1. The cards will accept the full range of statistics levels (0-3). The UXMe (UXM Enhanced card) will support up to statistics level 2 with no reduction in the number of connections. Table 1-7 shows connection counts for the UXM cards when different statistics levels are configured on the card.
Statistics Level | UXM Conns | UXM FP Conns | UXMe Conns | UXMe FP Conns |
---|---|---|---|---|
0 | 8126 | 4000 | 8126 | 4000 |
1 (UXM default) | 8126 | 4000 | 8126 | 4000 |
2 (UXMe default) | 4031 | 4000 | 8126 | 4000 |
3 | 1983 | 1983 | 4031 | 4000 |
If statistics belonging to a statistics level higher than the level set on the card are requested, the user will receive an error message. The bold text refers to statistics collected from the QE. Statistics fall into four categories: User, Oam, Rm, and All. These categories can be further divided into types. User cells are one of four types: Eof0-EFCI0, Eof1-EFCI0, Eof0-EFCI1, and Eof1-EFCI1. OAM cells come in two types: SEg and E2e. RM cells fall into three types: FRm, BRm, and FsRm. CLP0 and CLP1 cells, when tracked, are only distinguished for User cells.
Table 1-8 shows the levels of statistics support that can be configured for the UXM card in Release 9.2.
Ingress Statistics | Oid | Level | New | Definition |
---|---|---|---|---|
All Cells from port | 0x05 | All |
|
|
All CLP1 cells from port | 0x08 | All |
|
|
All non compliant cells | 0x0E | All |
|
|
All CLP0 non compliant cells | 0x0F | All |
|
|
All CLP1 non compliant cells | 0x10 | All |
|
|
VC queue depth | 0x11 | All |
|
|
All CLP0 cells from port | 0x2B | All |
|
|
VSVD ACR | 0x51 | All |
|
|
EOF=1 from port | 0x06 | 1-> |
| All cells Eof= 1that arrive at the QE from the port. This includes cells that are discarded due to overflow. Note: for Level 1 this does not include discards due to overflow. |
All cells to NW | 0x07 | 1-> |
| Sum of CLP0 and CLP1 cells that arrive at the QE from the port. |
CLP0 overflow discards | 0x29 | 1-> |
| All cells with CLP0 that are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
CLP1 overflow discards | 0x2A | 1-> |
| All cells with CLP1 that are discarded at the QE due to overflow |
CLP0 to NW | 0x2E | 2-> | x | All cells with CLP0 which depart from the QE to the NW. |
CLP1 to NW | 0x30 | 2-> | x | All cells with CLP1 which depart from the QE to the NW. |
EFCI=0 to NW | 0x34 | 2-> | x | All cells with Efci=0 which depart from the QE to the NW. |
EFCI=1 to NW | 0x36 | 2-> | x | All cells with Efci=1 which depart from the QE to the NW. |
EOF=1 overflow discards | 0x0B | 2-> | x | All cells with Eof=1 which are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
EFCI=0 from port | 0x31 | 3 | x | All cells with Efci=0 which arrive at the QE from the port. This includes cells which are discarded due to overflow. |
EFCI=1 from port | 0x0C | 3 | x | All cells with Efci=1 which arrive at the QE from the port. This includes cells which are discarded due to overflow. |
OAM cells from port | 0x3A | 3 | x | OAM cells which arrive at the QE from the port. This includes cells which are discarded due to overflow. |
Rm cells from port | 0x3E | 3 | x | Rm cells which arrive at the QE from the port. This includes cells which are discarded due to overflow. |
FRm to NW | 0x17 | 3 | x | FRm cells which depart from the QE to the NW. |
BRm+FsRm to NW | 0x18 | 3 | x | BRm + FsRm cells which depart from the QE to the NW. |
EFCI=0 overflow discards | 0x12 | 3 | x | All Efci=0 cells which are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
EFCI=1 overflow discards | 0x13 | 3 | x | All Efci=1 cells which are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
OAM overflow discards | 0x14 | 3 | x | All OAM cells which are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
RM overflow discards | 0x16 | 3 | x | All Rm cells which are discarded at the QE due to overflow. |
Consolidated Ingress Statistics | Oid | Part of Which New Stat | New Oid | Stat Grp |
---|---|---|---|---|
seg OAM from port | 0x3A | OAM from port | 0x3A | 3 |
end to end OAM from port | 0x3C | OAM from port | 0x3A | 3 |
FRm cells from port | 0x3E | Rm cells from port | 0x3E | 3 |
BRm+FsRm cells from port | 0x40 | Rm cells from port | 0x3E | 3 |
Consolidated Egress Statistics | Oid | Part of Which New Stat | New Oid | Stat Grp |
---|---|---|---|---|
FRm from NW | 0x3F | Rm from NW | 0x3F | 3 |
BRm+FsRm from NW | 0x41 | Rm from NW | 0x3F | 3 |
seg OAM from NW | 0x3B | OAM from NW | 0x3B | 3 |
end to end OAM from NW | 0x3D | OAM from NW | 0x3B | 3 |
FRm cells to port | 0x09 | Rm cells to port | 0x0A | 3 |
BRm+FsRm cells to port | 0x0A | Rm cells to port | 0x0A | 3 |
The statistics as defined for Level statistics will not provide the same information as statistics on a UXM running 9.1 firmware. However, backward compatibility is provided for any UXM upgraded from 9.1 to 9.2 firmware. UXMs shipped with 9.2 firmware do not support the Classic statistics.
Refer to Table 1-11 for a list of the multilevel channel statistics supported on the UXM.
Statistics Description | Level | OID Number | Stat Number | Interv | Sum |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Cells Received from Port | 1 | 0x05 | 0x2d | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted to Network | 1 | 0x07 | 0x2f | YES | YES |
Cells Received from Network | 1 | 0x1f | 0x30 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted to Port | 1 | 0x22 | 0x35 | YES | YES |
EOF Cells Received from Port | 1 | 0x06 | 0x2e | YES | YES |
Cells Received with CLP=1 | 1 | 0x08 | 0x31 | YES | YES |
Cells Received with CLP=0 | 1 | 0x2b | 0x37 | YES | YES |
Non-Compliant Cells Received | 1 | 0x0e | 0x32 | YES | YES |
Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells | 1 | 0x11 | 0x33 | NO | YES |
Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells | 1 | 0x53 | 0x3b | NO | YES |
Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | 1 | 0x51 | 0x39 | NO | YES |
Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | 1 | 0x52 | 0x3a | NO | YES |
Cells Rx with CLP=0 from Network | 1 | 0x2d | 0x4c | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with CLP=1 from Network | 1 | 0x2f | 0x4d | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Port | 1 | 0x2c | 0x4e | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=1 to Port | 1 | 0x20 | 0x4f | YES | YES |
Non-Comp Cells Rx w/CLP=0 dropped | 1 | 0x0f | 0x50 | YES | YES |
Non-Comp Cells Rx w/CLP=1 dropped | 1 | 0x10 | 0x51 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/CLP=0 dropped | 1 | 0x29 | 0x52 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/CLP=1 dropped | 1 | 0x2a | 0x53 | YES | YES |
OAM state (0:OK,1:FERF,2:AIS) | 1 | 0x28 | 0x36 | NO | YES |
Good Pdu's Received by the Sar | 1 | 0x60 | 0x44 | YES | YES |
Good Pdu's Transmitted by the Sar | 1 | 0x61 | 0x45 | YES | YES |
Rx pdu's discarded by the Sar | 1 | 0x62 | 0x46 | YES | YES |
Tx pdu's discarded by the Sar | 1 | 0x63 | 0x47 | YES | YES |
Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the sar | 1 | 0x64 | 0x48 | YES | YES |
Invalid Length pdu rx by the sar | 1 | 0x65 | 0x49 | YES | YES |
Shrt-Lgth Fail detected by the sar | 1 | 0x66 | 0x4a | YES | YES |
Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the sar | 1 | 0x67 | 0x4b | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Network | 2 | 0x2e | 0x54 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=1 to Network | 2 | 0x30 | 0x55 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EFCI=0 to Network | 2 | 0x34 | 0x56 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EFCI=1 to Network | 2 | 0x36 | 0x57 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 | 2 | 0x32 | 0x38 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 | 2 | 0x21 | 0x34 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EOF dropped | 2 | 0x0b | 0x58 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EOF to Port | 2 | 0x37 | 0x59 | YES | YES |
RM Cells Tx to Port | 3 | 0x0a | 0x5a | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=0 from Port | 3 | 0x31 | 0x5b | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=1 from Port | 3 | 0x0c | 0x5c | YES | YES |
OAM Cells Rx from Port | 3 | 0x3a | 0x5d | YES | YES |
RM Cells Rx from Port | 3 | 0x3e | 0x5e | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EFCI=0 dropped | 3 | 0x12 | 0x5f | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EFCI=1 dropped | 3 | 0x13 | 0x60 | YES | YES |
Overflow OAM Cells Rx and dropped | 3 | 0x14 | 0x61 | YES | YES |
Overflow RM Cells Rx and dropped | 3 | 0x16 | 0x62 | YES | YES |
Forward RM Cells Tx to Network | 3 | 0x17 | 0x63 | YES | YES |
Backward RM + FST Cells Tx to Net | 3 | 0x18 | 0x64 | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=0 from Network | 3 | 0x33 | 0x65 | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=1 from Network | 3 | 0x35 | 0x66 | YES | YES |
Egress OAM Cells Rx | 3 | 0x3b | 0x67 | YES | YES |
Egress RM Cells Rx | 3 | 0x3f | 0x68 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Tx w/EFCI=0 dropped | 3 | 0x19 | 0x69 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Tx w/EFCI=1 dropped | 3 | 0x1a | 0x6a | YES | YES |
Overflow RM Cells Tx and dropped | 3 | 0x1b | 0x6b | YES | YES |
Overflow OAM Cells Tx and dropped | 3 | 0x1c | 0x6c | YES | YES |
Statistics Description | Level | OID Number | Stat Number | Interv | Sum |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Port Cells Received | n/a | 0x05 | 0x1d | YES | YES |
Port Frames Received | n/a | 0x06 | 0x1e | YES | YES |
Network Cells Transmitted | n/a | 0x07 | 0x1f | YES | YES |
Port Cells Received with CLP=1 | n/a | 0x08 | 0x20 | YES | YES |
Non-Compliant Cells Received (Port) | n/a | 0x0e | 0x26 | YES | YES |
Average Rx Q Depth in Cells | n/a | 0x11 | 0x29 | YES | YES |
Cells Received from Network | n/a | 0x1f | 0x2e | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with CLP (Port) | n/a | 0x20 | 0x31 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted (Port) | n/a | 0x22 | 0x2d | YES | YES |
Average Tx Q Depth in Cells | n/a | 0x53 | 0x39 | YES | YES |
Good Pdu's Received by the Sar | n/a | 0x60 | 0x3a | YES | NO |
Good Pdu's Transmitted by the Sar | n/a | 0x61 | 0x3b | YES | NO |
Rx pdu's discarded by the Sar | n/a | 0x62 | 0x3c | YES | NO |
Tx pdu's discarded by the Sar | n/a | 0x63 | 0x3d | YES | NO |
Invalid Length pdu rx by the sar | n/a | 0x65 | 0x3f | YES | NO |
Shrt-Lgth Fail detected by the sar | n/a | 0x66 | 0x40 | YES | NO |
Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the sar | n/a | 0x67 | 0x41 | YES | NO |
Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the sar | n/a | 0x64 | 0x3e | YES | NO |
Cells Received with Clp 0 | n/a | 0x2b | 0x45 | YES | YES |
Network Cells Received with Clp 0 | n/a | 0x2d | 0x46 | YES | YES |
Network Cells Received with Clp 1 | n/a | 0x2f | 0x47 | YES | YES |
Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | n/a | 0x51 | 0x48 | YES | YES |
Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | n/a | 0x52 | 0x49 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Port | n/a | 0x2c | 0x52 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Network | n/a | 0x2e | 0x53 | YES | YES |
Rx Clp0+1 Port | n/a | n/a | 0x54 | NO | YES |
Rx Clp0 Dscd | n/a | n/a | 0x55 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp0 Dscd | n/a | n/a | 0x56 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp1 Dscd | n/a | n/a | 0x57 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp0+1 Dscd | n/a | n/a | 0x58 | NO | YES |
OAM state (0:OK,1:FERF,2:AIS) | n/a | 0x28 | n/a | NO | NO |
Refer to Table 1-13 for a list of multilevel channel statistics supported on the BXM.
Statistics Description | Level | OID Number | Stat Number | Interv | Sum |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Port Cells Received | 1 | 0x05 | 0x1d | YES | YES |
Port Frames Received | 1 | 0x06 | 0x1e | YES | YES |
Network Cells Transmitted | 1 | 0x07 | 0x1f | YES | YES |
Port Cells Received with CLP=1 | 1 | 0x08 | 0x20 | YES | YES |
Non-Compliant Cells Received (Port) | 1 | 0x0e | 0x26 | YES | YES |
Average Rx Q Depth in Cells | 1 | 0x11 | 0x29 | YES | YES |
Cells Received from Network | 1 | 0x1f | 0x2e | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with CLP (Port) | 1 | 0x20 | 0x31 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted (Port) | 1 | 0x22 | 0x2d | YES | YES |
Average Tx Q Depth in Cells | 1 | 0x53 | 0x39 | YES | YES |
Good Pdu's Received by the Sar | 1 | 0x60 | 0x3a | YES | NO |
Good Pdu's Transmitted by the Sar | 1 | 0x61 | 0x3b | YES | NO |
Rx pdu's discarded by the Sar | 1 | 0x62 | 0x3c | YES | NO |
Tx pdu's discarded by the Sar | 1 | 0x63 | 0x3d | YES | NO |
Invalid Length pdu rx by the Sar | 1 | 0x65 | 0x3f | YES | NO |
Shrt-Lgth Fail detected by the Sar | 1 | 0x66 | 0x40 | YES | NO |
Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the Sar | 1 | 0x67 | 0x41 | YES | NO |
Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the Sar | 1 | 0x64 | 0x3e | YES | NO |
Cells Received with Clp 0 | 1 | 0x2b | 0x45 | YES | YES |
Network Cells Received with Clp 0 | 1 | 0x2d | 0x46 | YES | YES |
Network Cells Received with Clp 1 | 1 | 0x2f | 0x47 | YES | YES |
Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | 1 | 0x51 | 0x48 | YES | YES |
Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate | 1 | 0x52 | 0x49 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Port | 1 | 0x2c | 0x52 | YES | YES |
Rx Clp0+1 Port | 1 | n/a | 0x54 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp0 Dscd | 1 | n/a | 0x56 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp1 Dscd | 1 | n/a | 0x57 | NO | YES |
Tx Clp0+1 Dscd | 1 | n/a | 0x58 | NO | YES |
Non-Comp Cells Rx w/CLP=0 dropped | 1 | 0x0f | 0x59 | YES | YES |
Non-Comp Cells Rx w/CLP=1 dropped | 1 | 0x10 | 0x5a | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/CLP=0 dropped | 1 | 0x29 | 0x5b | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/CLP=1 dropped | 1 | 0x2a | 0x5c | YES | YES |
OAM state (0:OK,1:FERF,2:AIS) | 1 | 0x28 | n/a | NO | NO |
Cells Tx with CLP=0 to Network | 2 | 0x2e | 0x53 | YES | YES |
Rx Clp0 Dscd | 2 | n/a | 0x55 | NO | YES |
Cells Tx with CLP=1 to Network | 2 | 0x30 | 0x5d | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EFCI=0 to Network | 2 | 0x34 | 0x5e | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EFCI=1 to Network | 2 | 0x36 | 0x5f | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 | 2 | 0x32 | 0x60 | YES | YES |
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 | 2 | 0x21 | 0x2c | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EOF dropped | 2 | 0x0b | 0x61 | YES | YES |
Cells Tx with EOF to Port | 2 | 0x37 | 0x62 | YES | YES |
RM Cells Tx to Port | 3 | 0x0a | 0x63 | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=0 from Port | 3 | 0x31 | 0x64 | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=1 from Port | 3 | 0x0c | 0x65 | YES | YES |
OAM Cells Rx from Port | 3 | 0x3a | 0x66 | YES | YES |
RM Cells Rx from Port | 3 | 0x3e | 0x67 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EFCI=0 dropped | 3 | 0x12 | 0x68 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Rx w/EFCI=1 dropped | 3 | 0x13 | 0x69 | YES | YES |
Overflow OAM Cells Rx and dropped | 3 | 0x14 | 0x6a | YES | YES |
Overflow RM Cells Rx and dropped | 3 | 0x16 | 0x6b | YES | YES |
Forward RM Cells Tx to Network | 3 | 0x17 | 0x6c | YES | YES |
Backward RM + FST Cells Tx to Net | 3 | 0x18 | 0x6d | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=0 from Network | 3 | 0x33 | 0x6e | YES | YES |
Cells Rx with EFCI=1 from Network | 3 | 0x35 | 0x6f | YES | YES |
Egress OAM Cells Rx | 3 | 0x3b | 0x70 | YES | YES |
Egress RM Cells Rx | 3 | 0x3f | 0x71 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Tx w/EFCI=0 dropped | 3 | 0x19 | 0x72 | YES | YES |
Overflow Cells Tx w/EFCI=1 dropped | 3 | 0x1a | 0x73 | YES | YES |
Overflow RM Cells Tx and dropped | 3 | 0x1b | 0x74 | YES | YES |
Overflow OAM Cells Tx and dropped | 3 | 0x1c | 0x75 | YES | YES |
The field names on the cnfcdparm screen are similar to the field names on the dspchstats screen. Table 1-14 provides descriptions for fields that appear on the cnfcdparm screen. Note that the object names given may vary slightly from what actually appears on the cnfcdparm screen fields; similarly, the descriptions for each object (or screen field) correspond in most cases to the related object (or screen field) name, but not in all cases.
Object ID | Object Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3: Tag ID Byte 4-7: IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with ComBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
03 | LCN | 1 - 64K | R | Identifies which channel to collect statistics. |
04 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
05 | Rx Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
06 | Rx EOFs From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EOFs received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
07 | Rx Cells to Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the ingress that were sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
08 | Rx CLP=1 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
09-0B | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0C | Rx EFCI=1 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port with EFCI=1. [A:28, B:28] |
0D | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0E | Non-Compliant Cell Count (Total) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant discarded. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardware it can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
0F | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 0 Only) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP 0 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardwareit can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
10 | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 1 Only) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP 1 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardware it can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
11 | Ingress VC Q Depth | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Current Ingress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
12-14 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
15 | Rx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
16-1E | RESERVED |
|
|
|
1F | Tx Cells From Network | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
20 | Tx CLP=1 To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
21 | Tx EFCI=1 To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port with EFCI=1. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
22 | Tx Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
23-26 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
27 | Loopback RTD Measurement | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | The Loopback Round Trip Delay measurement in msec. (Still under investigation.) Used to initiate the measurement (Set). The Get is used to get the last measurement known; or zero if now known. |
28 | Local Ingress Rx State | 0: Okay 1: FERF (aka RDI) 2: AIS | 0 | The OAM connection state. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
29 | Rx CLP=0 Congested Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2A | Rx CLP=1 Congested Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2B | Rx CLP=0 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (NOTE: This stat is received from the RCMP.) |
2C | Tx CLP=0 Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2D | Tx CLP=0 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
2E | Rx CLP=0 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2F | Tx CLP=1 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
30 | Rx CLP=1 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12,B:28] |
31 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the port. [A:28, B:28] |
32 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:12,A:28, B:12, B:28] |
33 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
34 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
35 | Tx EFCI=1 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
36 | Rx EFCI=1 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
37 | Tx EOFs to Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells with EOF sent to the port. [A:12, A:28, B:28] |
38 | Tx EOFs from Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EOFs received at the backplane. [B:12, B:28] |
39 | Rx EOFs to Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells with EOF sent to the backplane. [B:28] |
3A | Rx Segment OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3B | Tx Segment OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3C | Rx End-to-End OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3D | Tx End-to-End OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3E | Rx Forward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Forward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3F | Tx Forward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Forward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
40 | Rx Backward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Backward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
41 | Tx Backward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Backward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
42 | Rx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
43 | Tx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
44 | Rx Undefined RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
45 | Tx Undefined RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
46 | Tx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
47 | Rx VI Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
48 | Tx VI Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
49 | Rx QBIN Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port discarded due to QBIN threshold violation. [B:12, B:28] |
4A | Tx QBIN Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were disc. due to QBIN threshold violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4B | Rx VC Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port that were disc. due to VC threshold violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4C | Tx VC Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to VC threshold violations. [B:ALL] |
4D | Rx Cell Filter Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4E | Tx Cell Filter Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4F | Rx Illegal Event Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port that caused an reserved event in the hardware. [B:28] |
50 | Tx Illegal Event Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that caused an reserved event in the H/W. [B:28] |
51 | Ingress VSVD ACR | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Ingress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
52 | Egress VSVD ACR | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Egress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
53 | Egress VC Q Depth | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Current Egress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
54 | Bkwd SECB | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
55 | Bkwd Lost Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
56 | Bkwd Misinserted Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
57 | Bkwd BIPV | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
58 | Fwd SECB | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
59 | Fwd Lost Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5A | Fwd Misinserted Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5B | Fwd BIPV | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5C-5F | RESERVED |
|
|
|
60 | SAR Good PDUs Rcv | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of good PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
61 | SAR Good PDUs Xmt | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of good PDUs transmitted by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
62 | SAR Rcv PDUs Discarded | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of PDUs discarded on the ingress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
63 | SAR Xmt PDUs Discarded | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of PDUs discarded on the egress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
64 | SAR Invalid CRC PDUs Rcvd | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of invalid CRC32 PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
65 | SAR Invalid Length PDUs Rcvd | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of invalid-length PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
66 | SAR Short Length Failures | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of short-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
67 | SAR Long Length Failures | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of long-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
Configure card parameters
cnfcdparm <card slot> <stats_level>
cnfchstats, dspchstats
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Lock |
5 | No | No | IGX, BPX | No |
cnfcdparm 2.1.1.1 1
Configure channel statistics level 1 on BXM card in slot 2, port 1, with vpi, vci of 1 1
sw57 TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2.30 Date/Time Not Set
Channel Statistics for 2.1.1.1 Cleared: Date/Time Not Set (\) Snapshot
MCR: 96000/96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:01:45 Corrupted: NO
Traffic Cells CLP Avg CPS %util Chan Stat Addr: 30EBB36C
From Port : 0 0 0 0
To Network : 0 --- 0 0
From Network: 0 0 0 0
To Port : 0 --- 0 0
NonCmplnt Dscd: 0 Rx Q Depth : 0 Tx Q Depth : 0
Rx Vsvd ACR : 0 Tx Vsvd ACR : 0 Bkwd SECB : 0
Bkwd Lost Cell: 0 Bkwd Msin Cell: 0 Bkwd BIPV : 0
Fwd SECB : 0 Fwd Lost Cell : 0 Fwd Msin Cell : 0
Fwd BIPV : 0
Last Command: dspchstats 2.1.1.1 1
Next Command:
CD Minor Alarm
cnfcdparm 10.2.205.101
Configure channel statistics level 1 on UXM card in slot 10, port 2, with vpi, vci of 205 and 101.
m2a TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.2.30 May 14 1998 14:19 GMT
Channel Statistics: 10.1.205.101
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 23:02:58 Clrd: 05/13/98 14:33:00
Type Count Traffic Rate (cps)
Cells Received from Port 82978 From port 0
Cells Transmitted to Network 82978 To network 0
Cells Received from Network 82978 From network 0
Cells Transmitted to Port 82978 To port 0
EOF Cells Received from Port 0
Cells Received with CLP=1 0
Cells Received with CLP=0 82978
Non-Compliant Cells Received 0
Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells 0
Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 82978
This Command: cnfcdparm 10.1.205.101 1
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port.vpi.vci | Specifies the slot, port, vpi, and vci on BXM card. |
The cnfcdpparm command configures parameters for the CVM.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfchts, dchst, cnfecparm
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. (See Table .) |
<new value> | Specifies the new value for the parameter. |
The cnfcdpparm command lets you configure CVM parameters for Modem Detection (MDM), certain reserved debug parameters, and In Frame and Out of Frame (I Frm and O Frm) thresholds for DS0A-type T1 applications. (See the cnfln description for information on assigning % Fast Modem on a per-channel basis.) Figure 1-7 lists the cnfcdpparm parameters. All CVMs in the node are dynamically reconfigured according to the new parameters. When you enter the command, the system prompts for a parameter number, as Figure 1-7 illustrates.
Caution You should consult the Cisco TAC before changing any of these parameter. |
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Oct. 20 1998 18:06 PDT
1 MDM Low Pwr Thrsh [3160] (H) 15 0 Frm 4.8 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
2 MDM Stationary Coef. [ 14] (H) 16 I Frm 9.6 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
3 MDM ZCR High Frq Thrsh [ 5A] (H) 17 O Frm 9.6 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
4 MDM ZCR Low Frq Thrsh [ 56] (H)
5 MDM Detect Failure Cnt [ 4] (H)
6 MDM Detect Window Min. [ 39] (H)
7 MDM Detect Silence Max. [ 24] (H)
8 MDM Pkt Header [ 6] (D)
9 Null Timing Pkt Header [ 4] (D)
10 Debug Parm A [ 0] (H)
11 Debug Parm B [ 0] (H)
12 I Frm 2.4 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
13 O Frm 2.4 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
14 I Frm 4.8 Thrsh (msecs) [ 500] (D)
This Command: cnfcdpparm
Which parameter do you wish to change:
No. | Parameter | Description | Default1 |
---|---|---|---|
1 | MDM Low Power Threshold | Power level for Modem Detect high-range threshold. | 3160 (H) |
2 | MDM Stationary Coefficient | Indicates how rapidly the power level is changing to not be detected as modem. | 14 (H) |
3 | MDM ZCR High Freq | Defines upper frequency value for 2100 Hz tone used in | 5A (H) |
4 | MDM ZCR Low Freq Threshold | Defines lower frequency value for 2100 Hz tone used in | 56 (H) |
5 | MDM Detect Failure Count | Defines number of failures above which fast modem is not declared. | 4 (H) |
6 | MDM Detect Window Min. | Number of 5.25-milliseconds windows used in modem tests. | 39 (H) |
7 | MDM Detect Silence Max. | Amount of time a channel stays in a modem-detected state. The parameter equals the value you enter times 84 milliseconds. Default=1008 milliseconds. | C (H) |
8 | MDM Pkt Header | Changes packet type from voice to non-timestamped for modems. | 6 (D) |
9 | Null Timing Pkt Header | Gives a higher priority to the specified number of voice packets to decrease delay for spurts of talking. | 4 (D) |
10 | Debug Parameter A | A reserved engineering debug parameter. This parameter does not actually go to the card. | 0 (H) |
11 | Debug Parameter B | A reserved engineering debug parameter. This parameter does not actually go to the card. | 0 (H) |
12 | I Frm 2.4 Threshold(msecs) | Specifies In Frame threshold for DS0 2.4 Kbps overhead data channel. | 500 (D) |
13 | O Frm 2.4 Threshold (msecs) | Specifies Out of Frame threshold for DS0 2.4 Kbps overhead data channel. | 500 (D) |
14 | I Frm 4.8 Threshold (msecs) | Same as 19 for DS0 4.8 Kbps channel. | 500 (D) |
15 | O Frm 4.8 Threshold(msecs) | Same as 20 for DS0 4.8 Kbps channel. | 500 (D) |
16 | I Frm 9.6 Threshold(msecs) | Same as 19 for DS0 9.6 Kbps channel. | 500 (D) |
17 | O Frm 9.6 Threshold (msecs) | Same as 20 for DS0 9.6 Kbps channel. | 500 (D) |
1 Enter value in either decimal (D) or hexadecimal (H). |
The cnfcftst command changes the test pattern for communication failure testing.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dspcftst
cnfcftst
The communication fail test pattern is used to periodically test for failure of nodes to communicate with each other. This test pattern is also used to recover from communication fail conditions. A communication fail is defined as a loss of controller communication over one or more trunks to a particular node. A communication fail differs from a communication break condition in that the node may be reachable over other paths. The communication fail test is used to test the failed trunk for proper controller traffic.
This command allows the user to configure the communication fail test pattern byte-by-byte. It defaults to a pattern of 4 bytes of 1s followed by 4 bytes of 0s. Varying the length of the test pattern makes the communications test more or less rigorous. Changing the characters determines the pattern sensitivity for strings of less than 14 bytes.
The dspcftst command displays the current communication test pattern. The parameters used for declaring and clearing communication fails are set by the cnfnodeparm command. Figure 1-8 illustrates a typical screen.
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Feb 24 1998 21:17 GMT
Comm Fail Test Pattern
==> Byte 0: FF Byte 12: 00 Byte 24: FF Byte 36: 00 Byte 48: FF
Byte 1: FF Byte 13: 00 Byte 25: FF Byte 37: 00 Byte 49: FF
Byte 2: FF Byte 14: 00 Byte 26: FF Byte 38: 00 Byte 50: FF
Byte 3: FF Byte 15: 00 Byte 27: FF Byte 39: 00 Byte 51: FF
Byte 4: 00 Byte 16: FF Byte 28: 00 Byte 40: FF Byte 52: 00
Byte 5: 00 Byte 17: FF Byte 29: 00 Byte 41: FF Byte 53: 00
Byte 6: 00 Byte 18: FF Byte 30: 00 Byte 42: FF Byte 54: 00
Byte 7: 00 Byte 19: FF Byte 31: 00 Byte 43: FF Byte 55: 00
Byte 8: FF Byte 20: 00 Byte 32: FF Byte 44: 00 Byte 56: FF
Byte 9: FF Byte 21: 00 Byte 33: FF Byte 45: 00 Byte 57: FF
Byte 10: FF Byte 22: 00 Byte 34: FF Byte 46: 00 Byte 58: FF
Byte 11: FF Byte 23: 00 Byte 35: FF Byte 47: 00 Byte 59: FF
This Command: cnfcftst
Enter Byte 0:
Use the cnfchstats command to enable statistics collection for various channel parameters. The cnfchstats command is sometimes referred to as an "interval statistics" commandthe statistics information collected is propagated to Cisco WAN Manager.
In Release 9.2, the Multilevel Channel Statistics feature provides additional levels of statistics (levels 2 and 3) beyond level 1 statistics. To configure the channel statistics level on the BXM and UXM card, use the cnfcdparm command. This command lets you configure a specific card slot to support additional levels of statistics (levels 2 and 3) that were supported in releases previous to Release 9.2 (level 1). See the cnfcdparm command for more information.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX, IGX
dspchstatcnf, cnfdparm, dspchstathist, cnfchanstats
<channel> | Specifies the channel (connection) to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. (See Table .) |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | Enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable a statistic. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of sample to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2 or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables/disables the collection of one minute peaks. 'Y' to enable: 'N' to disable. |
[nodename] | Specifies the name of the node to which the Cisco WAN Manager terminal connects. |
This debug command enables statistics collecting for channel parameters. Table 1-34 lists the statistics by type. Not all statistic types are available for all connections. Only valid statistics are displayed for you to select; inapplicable statistics appear in gray. If you are unsure of the size parameter to specify, select four bytes per sample.
The dspchstatcnf command displays the channel statistics configuration. Statistics are collected by and displayed on the Cisco WAN Manager workstation. Cisco WAN Manager allows statistics collection to be customized. You can disable a Cisco WAN Manager-enabled channel statistic by specifying the optional node name of the workstation as the last parameter on the command line. Figure 1-9 illustrates the parameters available for a typical connection.
sw199 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 28 1998 09:28 PDT
Channel Statistic Types
46) Cells Received from Port 60) Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells
47) EOF Cells Received from Port 61) Bkwd Severely Errored Cell Blocks
48) Cells Transmitted to Network 62) Bkwd Lost Cell Count
49) Cells Received from Network 63) Bkwd Misinserted Cell Count
50) Cells Received with CLP=1 64) Bkwd Bipolar Violation Count
51) Non-Compliant Cells Received 65) Fwd Severely Errored Cell Blocks
52) Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells 66) Fwd Lost Cell Count
53) Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 67) Fwd Misinserted Cell Count
54) Cells Transmitted to Port 68) Fwd Bipolar Violation Count
56) Cells Received with CLP=0 69) Good Pdu's Received by the Sar
57) Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 70) Good Pdu's Transmitted by the Sar
58) Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate 71) Rx pdu's discarded by the Sar
59) Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate 72) Tx pdu's discarded by the Sar
sw199 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 28 1998 09:28 PDT
Channel Statistic Types
73) Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the sar
74) Invalid Length pdu rx by the sar
75) Shrt-Lgth Fail detected by the sar
76) Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the sar
This Command: cnfchstats 9.2.1.100
Statistic Type:
Statistic Number | Statistic |
---|---|
1 | Frames Received |
2 | Receive Frames Discarded |
3 | Frames Transmitted |
4 | Transmit Frames Discarded |
5 | Packets Received |
6 | Receive Packets Discarded |
7 | Packets Transmitted |
8 | Projected Packets Transmitted |
9 | Supervisory Packets Transmitted |
10 | Bytes Received |
11 | Receive Bytes Discarded |
12 | Bytes Transmitted |
13 | Transmit Bytes Discarded |
14 | Seconds V.25 Modem On |
15 | Seconds DSI Enabled |
16 | Seconds Off-Hook |
17 | Seconds In Service |
18 | Frames Transmitted with FECN |
19 | Frames Transmitted with BECN |
20 | Supervisory Packets Received |
21 | Minutes Congested |
22 | DE Frames Received |
23 | DE Frames Transmitted |
24 | DE Frames Dropped |
25 | DE Bytes Received |
26 | Frames Received in Excess of CIR |
27 | Bytes Received in Excess of CIR |
28 | Frames Transmitted in Excess of CIR |
29 | Bytes Transmitted in Excess of CIR |
32 | Rx Frames DiscardedDeroute/Down |
33 | Rx Bytes DiscardedDeroute/Down |
34 | Rx Frames DiscardedVC Queue Overflow |
35 | Rx Bytes DiscardedVC Queue Overflow |
36 | Tx Frames DiscardedQueue Overflow |
37 | Tx Bytes DiscardedQueue Overflow |
38 | Tx Frames DiscardedIngress CRC |
39 | Tx Bytes DiscardedIngress CRC |
40 | Tx Frames DiscardedTrunk Discard |
41 | Tx Bytes DiscardedTrunk Discard |
42 | TX Frames During Ingress LMI Fail |
43 | TX Bytes During Ingress LMI Fail |
44 | Unkn Prot Frms Dscd at Ingress |
45 | Unkn Prot Frms Dscd at Egress |
46 | Cells Received from Port |
47 | EOF Cells Received from Por |
48 | Cells Transmitted to Network |
49 | Cells Received from Network |
50 | Cells Received with CLP=1 |
51 | Non-Compliant Cells Received |
52 | Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells |
53 | Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 |
54 | Cells Transmitted to Port |
56 | Cells Received with CLP=0 |
57 | Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 |
58 | Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate |
59 | Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate |
60 | Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells |
61 | Bkwd Severely Errored Cell Blocks |
62 | Bkwd Lost Cell Count |
63 | Bkwd Misinserted Cell Count |
64 | Bkwd Bipolar Violation Count |
65 | Fwd Severely Errored Cell Blocks |
66 | Fwd Lost Cell Count |
67 | Fwd Misinserted Cell Count |
68 | Fwd Bipolar Violation Count |
69 | Good pdu's Received by the SAR |
70 | Good pdu's Transmitted by the SAR |
71 | Rx pdu's discarded by the SAR |
72 | Tx pdu's discarded by the SAR |
73 | Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the SAR |
74 | Invalid Length pdu rx by the SAR |
75 | Invalid Length pdu rx by the SAR |
76 | Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the SAR |
The cnfchts command configures a pre-aging parameter for data channels. Applicable cards are the SDP, LPD, LDM, and HDM. Applicable traffic is time-stamped data.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfcdpparm
<channel(s)> | Specifies the data channel. |
<pre-age> | Specifies a value in 250-microsecond increments to go in the age field in the header of a time-stamped. |
This command configures the pre-age parameter for data channels. The pre-age parameter specifies the initial age of a time-stamped packet. With a non-zero pre-age, the packet has less time to wait at the destination before it reaches the Max Time Stamped Packet Age and is taken out of the ingress queue. (Data channels with the greater pre-age value are processed sooner.) However, if the pre-age value is too high because of queuing delays in the network, packets could be discarded because they appear too old at the destination.
The value you enter for Pre-Age should be a multiple of 250 microseconds (otherwise, the system rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of 250 microseconds). The default value is 0. Acceptable values are in the range 0 to the Max Time Stamped Packet Age (set by the cnfsysparm command). After you finish entering this command, the screen as in the example. After you change a timestamp, the connection should be rerouted or restarted for the new value to take effect.
pubsipx1 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 03:50 GMT
Maximum EIA % DFM Pattern DFM PreAge
Channels Update Rate Util Length Status (usec)
3.1 2 100 8 Enabled 1000
3.2-4 2 100 8 Enabled 0
Last Command: cnfchts 3.1 1000
Next Command:
The cnfclnparm command configures the alarm integration time for circuit lines originating on a UVM, CDP or CVM and for T1/E1 Frame Relay circuits originating on an FRP, FRM, or UFM.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfclnsigparm, dchst
<line> | Specifies the circuit line to configure. |
This command configures the circuit line alarm integration times for RED and YELLOW circuit line alarms. These integration times are specified in milliseconds and should be set to correspond to the local carrier's alarm integration times. Carrier integration times are typically 800 to 1500 ms. for RED Alarm and 1500 to 3000 ms. for YELLOW Alarm. The allowable range for these parameters are 60 to 3932100 ms. When you enter this command, the system responds with the screen shown in Figure 1-10.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 14:27 PDT
CLN 11 Parameters
1 Red Alarm - In/Out [ 1000 / 2000] (Dec)
2 Yel Alarm - In/Out [ 1000 / 2000] (Dec)
This Command: cnfclnparm 11
Which parameter do you wish to change:
The cnfclnsigparm command configures signaling parameters for a UVM or CVM.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfclnparm, dspsig
cnfclnsigparm <parameter number> <parameter value>
<parameter number> | Specifies the parameter number of the signaling parameter to change. (See Table .) |
<parameter value> | Specifies the new value to enter. |
The cnfclnsigparm command configures any of the UVM, CVM circuit line signaling parameters associated with the node. See Table 1-18 for the parameters and their values.
When you enter this command, the system responds with the display as shown in Figure 1-11.
sw219 TRM SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.a8 Apr. 22 1999 08:12 GMT
1 CVM & UVM Heartbeat [ 2] (sec)
2 CVM & UVM Sig. Polling Rate [ 10] (sec)
3 CVM & UVM Default Inband Sig Delay [ 96] (msec)
4 CVM & UVM Default Inband Playout Delay [ 200] (msec)
5 CVM & UVM Default Pulse Sig Delay [ 96] (msec)
6 CVM & UVM Default Pulse Playout Delay [ 200] (msec)
7 CVM & Number of Packet Slices [ 1]
8 CVM & UVM Packet Rate [ 200] (pkt/sec)
9 CVM & UVM Condition E1 CCS Lines? [ NO]
10 CVM & UVM Default Inband Min. Wink [ 140] (msec)
11 CVM & UVM Default Pulse Min. Wink [ 140] (msec)
12 CVM & UVM Condition T1 Lines? [ YES] (yes/no)
Last Command: cnfclnsigparm
Which parameter do you wish to change:
No. | Parameter | Description | Range |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Heartbeat | The current state of the signaling is periodically transmitted to the far end even if no signaling transitions are detected. This interval is determined by the value of "heartbeat." The CVM & UVM Heartbeat parameter (option 1) is the rate, in seconds, at which the card sends a signaling (ABCD bits) state update to the other end of the connection, even when there is no change in the state of the signaling bits. This is done because signaling packets are TS data packets, and there is a small chance that a signaling packet might be discarded somewhere in the network. This mechanism is a recovery mechanism to ensure that on-hook and off-hook notifications are not lost. Increasing this interval will probably have no impact as long as none of the normal signaling TS data packets are being discarded in the network. | 2-30 sec. |
2 | Signal Polling Rate | How often the control card polls the UVM/CVM for the status of the signaling. This parameter is used to update displays and statistics. | 2-60 sec. |
3 | Default Inband | The transmit buffer timer value set after a valid signaling transition for in-band signaling arrives. After timeout, a signaling packet is sent. | 30-96 msec. |
4 | Default Inband | The receive buffer timer that "ages" an incoming, time-stamped packet. When the age of the packet reaches the timestamp value, it moves on to depacketization and then to the user-equipment. This parameter is used to even out the delay between signaling packets and voice packets. | 0-200 msec. |
5 | Default Pulse | Same as number 3 but applied to pulse signaling. | 30-96 msec. |
6 | Default Pulse | Same as number 4 but applied to pulse signaling. | 100-200 msec. |
8 | Packet Rate | Reserves trunk bandwidth for carrying UVM/CVM signaling. | 0-1000 packets/sec. |
9 | Condition CCS Lines | If you specify "yes" for this parameter, the card applies signaling conditioning during an alarm to all channels on E1 CCS circuit lines to notify marked for Common Channel signaling to notify PBX of a line failure. | YES or NO |
10 | Inband Min. Wink | Same as 6 for in-band signaling. | 120-300 msec. |
11 | Pulse Min. Wink | For UVM/CVM connections only, this parameter controls both wink and inter-digit intervals for signaling that arrives over the NPC or NPM signaling channel from a far end UVM/CVM. | 120-300 msec. |
12 | Condition T1 Lines? | If you specify "yes" for this parameter, the card applies signaling conditioning during an alarm to all channels on T1 circuit lines to notify PBX of a line failure. | YES or NO |
The cnfcmparm command configures various connection management parameters for the node.
The cnfcmparm command is used to enable cost-based route selection and the use of delay as the trunk cost. By default, delay is enabled. This worst-case delay for each connection type is calculated from the configured voice and non-timestamped trunk queue depths. For delay sensitive connections on the IGX (voice and non-timestamped), the worst-case trunk delay can be used as the per trunk cost. For delay sensitive connections on the BPX (ATM CBR), end-to-end delay is not used as a routing constraint in AutoRoute.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsprrst, cnftlparm
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. See Table 1-19 |
<value> | Specifies the new parameter value to enter. |
This command configures parameters that affect Adaptive Voice, Rerouting, and Courtesy Up/Down. These parameters are used only at the local node. Table 1-19 lists the parameters, their descriptions, and their default values.
No. | Parameter | Description | Range | Default |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Normalization | The time delay in minutes between attempts to disable VAD (that is, to "normalize") on groups of voice connections. It is in force once the network has been stable for a while (see parameter 4, "Setting Interval"). | 1-10 minutes | 2 |
2 | Max Number To Normalize | The maximum number of connections that may be normalized at each normalization interval (see parameter 1) | 1-50 connections | 5 connections |
3 | Normalization | This boolean specifies whether changes in VAD status are recorded in the event log | y=yes | No |
4 | Settling Interval | The length of time, in minutes, following a disturbance in the network (trunk failure, and so on.) before normalization attempts are allowed. | 1-10 minutes | 4 minutes |
5 | Minimum Open Space | The minimum trunk bandwidth required, in packets/second, before normalization attempts are allowed. This is in addition to the statistical reserve for the trunk. Increasing this parameter causes all connections in the network to reroute (although the parameter only governs the local node). | 0-8000 packets per second (pps) | 1000 pps |
6 | Normalization | Determines the order in which connections are considered for VAD removal. It may be Class of Service (CoS) or load. While CoS is a simple test, the load option is more complex. The load, in packets/second, over the last "Load Sample Period" (see parameter 7) for all eligible connections (with or without VAD) is sampled. Every "Normalization Interval" (see parameter 1), the IGX node takes the "Max Number To Normalize" (see parameter 2) connections with VAD applied and compares their utilization with those with VAD already disabled. Those with the greatest load will have VAD disabled, if necessary, at the expense of some that were already disabled, where VAD is now applied. In this way, the most heavily used connections are continually found and have VAD disabled. | COS or Load (c/l) | l (Load) |
7 | Load Sample Period | The period during which voice activity is sampled for load determination if parameter 6 is set to Load. | 1-10 minutes | 4 minutes |
8 | Maximum Routing Bundle | For rerouting, the maximum number of connections allowed in a routing request. For derouting, the maximum number of connections chosen using the CoS-based criterion. The value of this parameter should be set to less than that of parameter 21. A larger value provides a faster rerouting/derouting time. A smaller value provides better load balancing. | 1-250 | 90 |
9 | Reroute Timer | The number of seconds since the last reroute to wait before attempting another reroute of the same connection. After a connection has been successfully routed, it does not get rerouted again (especially for a connection that has previously experienced a failure at its preferred route) until this amount of time has elapsed. The time delay permits the preferred route to stabilize its operational status before a working connection with a preferred route is returned to the preferred route. A zero timer means the request is re-attempted immediately. | 0-900 seconds | 0 seconds |
10 | Timer Reset on | This boolean specifies that the reroute timer in parameter 9 can be ignored if the current route actually fails (instead of attempting a rerouting of working connections on non-preferred routes). | y=yes | y |
11 | Max Down/Up Per Pass | The maximum number of connections allowed to be upped or downed per pass. A larger value provides a faster completion of state update notifications, at the expense of potentially flooding the network. A smaller value provides better control of network traffic, but at the expense of prolonged state update notifications. | 0-255 | 50 |
12 | Down/Up Timer | The amount of time to wait before the next pass of upping/downing connections. A larger value provides slower-paced state update notifications, thus allowing time for the node to process other requests. A smaller value provides faster-paced state update notifications. | 1000-65535 msecs | 30000 msecs |
13 | Maximum Route | The maximum number of failed rerouting attempts allowed for a connection. Once this threshold has been reached, the connection is removed from the reroute group (see parameters 25, 26 and 27) and placed in a block waiting for the next cycle. (See also parameters 14 & 15.) A larger value provides a more resilient rerouting attempt. A smaller value allows a faster declaration of rerouting failure. | 0-65535 failures | BPX: 50 |
14 | Maximum Time Be- | All connections that have waited for this amount of time are allowed to be returned into the reroute group. The expiration of this timer starts off another cycle of rerouting attempts. (See also parameters 13 and 15.) A larger value provides more time for the network topology to settle before re-attempting a connection reroute. A smaller value allows more frequent reroute attempts. | 1-8 minutes | 5 minutes |
15 | Maximum Routing | The maximum number of cycles of rerouting attempts. Once this threshold has been reached, the connection is declared failed. You must use the rrtcon command to reroute the failed connection. (See also parameters 13 and 14.) Alternatively, the failed connection is rerouted when the BCC becomes active (for example, due to card reset or switchcc). A larger value provides a more resilient rerouting attempt. A smaller value allows a faster declaration of rerouting failure. | 0-255 cycles | BPX: 10 |
16 | Routing pause timer | The amount of time to wait before the next rerouting attempt. Do not wait when set to 0. A larger value provides a slower-paced rerouting attempt, taking advantage of possible network topology updates. A smaller value allows for a faster-paced rerouting attempt that does not depend on the changing network topology. | 0-65535 msecs | 0 |
17 | Max. messages sent per update | The maximum number of CMUPDATE messages that may be sent into the network without acknowledgement. This parameter permits the transmitting node to throttle the networking traffic to prevent jamming. A larger value allows the broadcasting to complete faster, at the risk of jamming the network. A smaller value slows down the broadcasting without flooding the network, but at the expense of more broadcasting iterations. | 0-223 decimal | 10 |
18 | Send SVC urgent msgs | IGX only. This parameter enables an IGX node to inform each via node to remove an SVC connection during deletion. When disabled, the via nodes are not immediately informed through an update message. This causes the trunk loading occupied by a deleted SVC to remain unavailable until the update message is received by the via node. | y=yes | BPX: n |
19 | Max SVC Retry | IGX only. The maximum number of failed routing attempts before the SVC connection is declared failed. If the routing attempt fails due to a reason other than being "blocked," the connection is immediately declared failed. A blocked attempt means that the routing state machine on the via/slave node is already processing a route request, or is locked by some other state machines. A larger value provides a more resilient SVC rerouting attempt. A smaller value allows a faster declaration of rerouting failure. | 0-30 decimal | 0 |
20 | Wait for TBL updates | After routing all connections based on CoS, wait roughly this amount of time before the routing of other connections in need of rerouting (for example, those failed connections due to lack of critical internal resources). This delay allows the topology to settle after the CoS-based rerouting phase. This wait period should typically be one or two seconds longer than the time specified by the Fast Interval parameter (default 5 seconds) of the cnftlparm command. | 0-65000 decimal | 70 |
21 | Max derouting bundle | The maximum number of connections chosen, based on load, that can be derouted concurrently. The value of this parameter should be set to greater than that of parameter 8. The actual number of connections concurrently derouted can reach the sum of this parameter and of parameter 8. A larger value provides a faster rerouting/derouting time. A smaller value provides better load balancing. | 0-16000 decimal | 500 |
22 | Enable cost-based routing | This boolean specifies whether the Cost-Based Routing algorithm should be used in preference to the Hop-Based Routing algorithm. Yes means enable cost-based routing. Cost-based routing allows the network operation to better tune the network utilization based on the least cost. Hop-based routing is a simpler algorithm that selects a path strictly based on the least number of hops. | y=yes | n |
23 | Enable route cache usage | This boolean specifies whether the most recent successfully-used routes are to be placed in cache, in order to avoid performing route selection. Yes enables route cache usage. The cache route can be either a cost-based route or a hop-based route. | y=yes | n |
24 | Use delay for routing | This boolean specifies whether queuing delay is considered in the Cost-Based Routing algorithm. Yes means use delay for routing. The parameter is particular useful for time sensitive or voice connections. | y=yes | n |
25 | # of reroute groups used | Specifies the number of reroute groups allowed for the node. Each reroute group is categorized based on the load requirement for each connection. The node reroutes connections with the highest load units first and proceeds with successively decreasing load unit ranges. A larger value provides more groups at the cost of more iterations stepping through the reroute groups during rerouting. A smaller value provides a faster completion of the iterations. | 1-200 groups | 50 |
26 | Starting size of RR groups | The first reroute group is defined to consist of connections with load units at or below this parameter value. During rerouting, connections from this reroute group are considered last. Connections with load units above this value but at or below the sum of this value and that of the next parameter (Increment between RR groups) are placed in the second reroute group. A larger value provides a bigger range of bandwidth for the first reroute groups. A smaller value provides a more refined range of bandwidth included in the first reroute group. | 0-96000 cell load units (CLUs) | 0 CLUs |
27 | Increment between RR groups | Each of the remaining reroute groups is defined to consist of connections with load units higher than the previous reroute group, but at or below the sum of the previous reroute group threshold and this parameter value. The last reroute group can accommodate any load units above the second-last reroute group threshold. (See parameter 26 for a definition of the first reroute group.) A larger value provides a bigger range of bandwidth for each of a smaller number of reroute groups. A smaller value provides a smaller range of bandwidth for each of a larger number of reroute groups. | 1-96000 cell load units (CLUs) | 100 CLUs |
Figure 1-12 shows the two screens required to display all cnfcmparm parameters.
sw116 TRMStrataComBPX BPX 8620 9.2.z July 29 1999 11:55 PST
1 Normalization Interval [ 2] (D)
2 Max Number To Normalize [ 5] (D)
3 Normalization Logging [ No]
4 Settling Interval [ 4] (D)
5 Minimum Open Space [ 1000] (D)
6 Normalization Priority [ Load]
7 Load Sample Period [ 4] (D)
8 Maximum Routing Bundle [ 90] (D)
9 Reroute Timer [ 0] (secs)
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail [ Yes]
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass [ 50] (D)
12 Down/Up Timer [30000] (msecs)
13 Max Route Errs per cycle [ 50] (D)
14 Time between Rrt cycles [ 5] (mins)
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles [ 10] (D)
This Command: cnfcmparm
Continue? y
sw116 TRMStrataComBPX BPX 8620 9.2.z July 29 1999 11:55 PST
16 Routing pause timer [ 0] (msecs)
17 Max msgs sent per update [ 10] (D)
18 Send SVC urgent msg [ No]
19 Max SVC Retry [ 0] (D)
20 Wait for TBL Updates [ 70] (100 msecs)
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[ 500] (D)
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [ No]
23 Enable Route Cache Usage [ No]
24 Use Delay for Routing [ No]
25 # of reroute groups used [ 50] (D)
26 Starting size of RR grps [ 0] (CLU)
27 Increment between RR grps [ 100] (CLU)
This Command: cnfcmparm
Enter parameter index:
The cnfdiagparm command sets various diagnostic test parameters for the nodes.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnftstparm
cnfdiagparm
This command sets several parameters that affect the three IGX/BPX automatic diagnostic tests. Use this command to set test parameters on the internal system clock. Table 1-20 lists the parameters, descriptions, and default values for the cnfdiagparm command.
No. | Parameter * | Description | Default * |
---|---|---|---|
1 | VDP Test Frequency | Interval between VDP background tests (in seconds). | 50 |
2 | LDP tstport delay | Seconds delayed before test data is sent. | 10 |
3 | System clock drift (8.192 Mhz) | Range of allowable drift of system clock. | ±480 |
4 | UEC-B's PLL railing (8.192 Mhz) (NOTE: This parameter is OBSOLETE.) | Range of UEC-B's phase lock loop rail. | ± 2720 |
5 | NPC/NPM PLL Min. (8.192 Mhz) | Lower limit of controller card's PLL. | - 92000 |
6 | NPC/NPM PLL Max. (8.192 Mhz) | Upper limit of controller card's PLL. | + 508000 |
7 | Clock Test Window | Number of samples that make up a window. | 10 |
8 | Clock Test Max Error in Window | Errors within window before fault isolation. | 4 |
9 | Clock Test Isolation Window | Window size during fault isolation. | 10 |
10 | Clock Fault Max. Error in Window | Errors allowed during fault isolation. | 3 |
11 | Clock Test Frequency | Interval between clock tests. | 200 ms. |
12 | Clock Test Switch Delay | Delay clock testing after any clock transfers to allow settling. | 3000 ms. |
13 | Card Reset Threshold |
| 255 |
14 | Card Reset Increment |
| 0 |
* Clock Test parametersFrequencies are in Hz, offset from 8.192 MHz
|
When you enter this command, the system responds with the screen illustrated in Figure 1-13. Note that parameters 1 and 4 are obsolete.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 01:39 GMT
1. Vdp Test Frequency (seconds) [50]
2. LDP tstport delay [10]
3. System clock drift (8.192 MHz) +- [480]
4. UEC-B's PLL railing (8.192 MHz) +- [2720]
5. PCC's PLL minimum (8.192 MHz) - [92000]
6. PCC's PLL maximum (8.192 Mhz) + [508000]
7. Clock Test Window [10]
8. Clock Test Max Error in Window [4]
9. Clock Fault Isolation Window [10]
10. Clock Fault Max Error in Window [3]
11. Clock Test Frequency (msec) [200]
12. Clock Test Switch Delay (msec) [2000]
13. Card Reset Threshold [60]
14. Card Reset Increment [10]
Last Command: cnfdiagparm
Next Command:
The cnfdlparm command sets various software and firmware downloader parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dspdnld
This command sets parameters that affect the SW/FW download protocol. It is primarily a debug command. It is included only to accommodate the possibility that some future software or firmware revision may need to be adjusted for optimizing the downloading process. See Table for descriptions of the downloading parameters.
Caution You should not change downloader parameters except under specific direction from the Technical Assistance Center (TAC). |
When you enter cnfdlparm, the system displays an indexed list of parameters. Table 1-21 describes these parameters, and Figure 1-14 illustrates the cnfdlparm screen.
No. | Parameter | Description | Range | Default |
1 | Rmt Blk Freq | For downloads to a remote node, Rmt Blk Freq is the time between blocks. | 1-9999999 msecs | 100 msecs |
2 | Rmt Blk Size | For downloads to a remote node, Rmt Blk Size is the number of bytes in each block. | 1-7C0 hex | 400 hex |
3 | Lcl Blk Freq | For downloads to the other processor in the same (local) node, Lcl Blk Freq is the time (in msecs) between blocks. | 1-9999999 msecs | 100 msecs |
4 | Lcl Blk Size | For downloads to the other processor in the same (local) node, Lcl Blk Size is the number of bytes in each block. | 1-7C0 hex | 400 hex |
5 | Image Req Freq | The time between requests for a description of an image. When a node seeks a new software image from other nodes, it first sends requests for a full description of the image residing on a node to determine if that node has the correct image. The requesting node sends its request one node at a time. Image Req Freq is the time between the last request and the request to another node. (This parameter is not a frequency but rather a time period.) | 1-9999999 msecs | 10000 msecs |
6 | Dnld Req Freq | After a node seeking a new software image has found a node with the correct image, it requests a download of the image. If the node with the correct image is not available to send the image, the requesting node waits a period of time before it again requests the image. Dnld Req Freq is the period of time the requesting node waits before it again requests the image. (This parameter is not a frequency but rather a time period.) | 1-9999999 msecs | 10000 msecs |
7 | Session Timeout | The time a receiving node waits for a block transfer to resume. If a block transfer stops after downloading begins, the Session Timeout is the time the receiving node waits to resume before it gives up and requests the download again. | 1-9999999 msecs | 30000 msecs |
8 | Request Hop Limit | Limit on the number of hops the local node can go to request a download. (The number of hops is the number of trunks that are crossed for one node to communicate with another node.) Request Hop Limit=1 means the request can go to only an immediate neighbor. | 1-9999999 | 1 |
9 | Crc Throttle Freq | The number of CRC calculations per second. Crc Throttle Freq lets you reduce the number of calculations so the node does not use processor time for CRC calculations. | 1-9999999 | 5000 |
10 | Crc Block Size | Number of bytes that a CRC calculation covers. The default is intentionally the same as Rmt Blk Size and Lcl Blk Size. | 1-7C0 hex bytes | 400 hex |
11 | Rev Change Wait | The time to wait before the node actually loads the software for loadrev or runrev execution. | 0-99999 msecs | 0 |
12 | CCs Switch Wait | A wait period before the node actually switches control cards during switchcc execution. During normal operation, you should have no reason to increase CCs Switch Wait. | 1-9999999 msecs | 1000 msecs |
13 | Lcl Response TO | On a local node, a processor that is downloading to another processor must receive an acknowledgment from the receiving processor for each block that correctly arrived. If the sending processor does not receive an acknowledgment by the time Lcl Response TO (Time Out) has elapsed, the downloading processor sends the block again. | 1-9999999 msecs | 5000 |
14 | Rmt Response TO | When one node downloads to another node, the sending node must receive an acknowledgment for each block correctly received. If the sending node receives no acknowledgment by the time Rmt Response TO (Time Out) has elapsed, the sending node sends the block again. | 1-9999999 msecs | 30000 |
15 | FW Dnld Block TO (Time Out) | The wait period that a controller card waits for an acknowledgment from a receiving card that it correctly received a block. | 1-9999999 msecs | 50 msecs |
16 | FW Dnld Msgs/Block | Number of Cbus messages per CRC block CRC check on the payload of the FW download msg | 1-9999999 msecs | 4 |
17 | Flash Write TO | During flash memory programming, Flash Write TO (Time Out) is the time to wait for an acknowledgment that a write cycle finished before timing out. | 1-9999999 msecs | 16000 msecs |
18 | Flash Erase TO | During a flash memory erasure, Flash Erase TO (Time Out) is the time to wait for an acknowledgment that the erase cycle finished before timing out. | 1-9999999 msecs | 100 |
19 | Erase Verify TO | Erase Verify TO (Time Out) is the time to wait for an acknowledgment of the completion of the second (or "true") verification of the erasure before timing out. The Erase Verify TO parameter is useful only if write/erase performance characteristics of a flash memory device change. | 1-9999999 msecs | 16000 msecs |
20 | Standby Flash TO | During flash memory programming, Standby Flash TO (Time Out) is the time to wait for an acknowledgment that the standby flash is available before timing out. | 1-9999999 msecs | 300 msecs |
21 | Lcl Flash Init TO | During flash memory programming, Lcl (local) Flash Init TO (Time Out) is the time to wait for an acknowledgment that a initialization of local flash memory finished before timing out. | 1-9999999 msecs | 1000 |
22 | Flsh Write Blk Sz | Number of bytes per write cycle | 1-10000 hex | 10000 hex |
23 | Flsh Verify Blk Sz | Second (or "true") verification of the block write. The Flsh Verify Blk Sz parameter is useful only if performance characteristics of a flash memory device change. | 1-10000 hex | 400 hex |
24 | Chips Per Write/Erase | Number of bytes per write/erase cycle | 1, 2, or 4 | 1 |
When you enter this command the system responds with the screen illustrated in Figure 1-14.
pubsbpx1 VT SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 May 24 1998 23:18 GMT
1 Rmt Blk Freq (msec) [ 100] 16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [ 4]
2 Rmt Blk Size (hex) [ 400] 17 Flash Write TO(msec) [ 16000]
3 Lcl Blk Freq (msec) [ 100] 18 Flash Erase TO(msec) [ 100]
4 Lcl Blk Size (hex) [ 400] 19 Erase Verify TO(msec) [ 16000]
5 Image Req Freq (msec) [ 10000] 20 Standby Flash TO(sec) [ 300]
6 Dnld Req Freq (msec) [ 10000] 21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [ 1000]
7 Session Timeout (msec) [ 30000] 22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [ 10000]
8 Request Hop Limit (dec) [ 1] 23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [ 400]
9 Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [ 5000] 24 Chips Per Write/Erase [ 1]
10 Crc Block Size (hex) [ 400]
11 Rev Change Wait(dec) [ 0]
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec) [ 1000]
13 Lcl Response TO(msec) [ 5000]
14 Rmt Response TO(msec) [ 20000]
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec) [ 50]
This Command: cnfdlparm
Which parameter do you wish to change:
The cnfecparm command configures the CDP or CVM integrated echo canceller (IEC) parameters for specified voice circuit line.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfchec, dspecparm
<line> | Specifies the circuit line to configure. |
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. (See Table .) |
<parameter value> | Specifies the new value to enter for the parameter. |
The cnfecparm command configures the UVM, CVM or CDP integrated echo canceller (IEC). It configures IEC parameters associated with all voice channels for the specified circuit line. Setting these parameters allows you to optimize the IEC performance. Table 1-22 lists the parameters you can modify. The dspecparm command description lists the defaults and provides a sample display. Also, refer to the cnfchec command in the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference for configuring per-channel parameters.
Index | Parameter | Description | Options |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Echo Return Loss High | Maximum ERL required for echo canceller to converge on speech | 0-99 dB |
2 | Echo Return Loss Low | Minimum ERL required for echo canceller to converge on speech | 0-99 dB |
3 | Tone Disabler Type | Selection of protocol to enable tone disabler. | G.164, G.165 |
4 | Non-Linear | Selects type of post-canceller signal. | Center Clipper, Multiplying |
5 | NLP Threshold | Threshold below which non-linear processing is enabled | 0-99 dB |
6 | Noise Injection | Determines if noise will be injected when NLP is active. | Enable, Disable |
7 | Voice Template | Selection of template to use; normal voice levels or high voice levels. | USAnormal |
When you enter this command the system responds with the screen illustrated in Figure 1-15.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 15:35 PST
IEC Line 7 Parameters
1 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss High (.1 dBs) [ 60] (D)
2 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss Low (.1 dBs) [ 30] (D)
3 CDP IEC Tone Disabler Type [ G.164]
4 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing [Center Clipper]
5 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing Threshold [ 18] (D)
6 CDP IEC Noise Injection [ Enabled]
7 CDP IEC Voice Template [ USA]
This Command: cnfecparm 7
Which parameter do you wish to change:
The cnffpcom command configures the FastPAD communication parameters.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
None
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot.port of the card that connects to the FastPAD. |
<name> | Specifies the name of the FastPAD connected to the port. |
<trans timer> | Specifies the transmission timer. |
<alive timer> | Specifies the keep alive timer value. |
<retry count> | Specifies the retry count value. |
This command configures the FastPAD communication parameters. When you enter this command, the system responds as shown in Figure 1-16.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:05 PST
Last Command: cnffpcom 31.2 2 2 3
Next Command:
The cnffpcon command configures the FastPAD connection parameters.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
addcon, dspcon, dncon, upcon
<connection> | Specifies the connection whose parameters to configure. |
[fr_bw] | Specifies the Frame Relay bandwidth parameters for the connection. |
This command configures connection parameters. When you enter this command, the system responds as shown in Figure 1-17.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:10 PST
Conn: 31.2.B.1 ca12 9.2.B.1 9.6
MIR CIR VC Q Depth PIR Cmax ECN QThresh QIR FST
11.6/11.6 11.6/11.6 2048/2048 11.6/11.6 10/10 1024/1024 11.6/11.6 n
% Util: 100/100
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0 Status: New Conn
Group: NONE Priority: N/A TestRTD: 0 msec
Path: cc7 19-- 6.2cc1 6.3-- 2.2ca13 1.3-- 13ca12
Pref: Not Configured
cc7 FTC: OK ca12 FTC: OK
FTI: OK FTI: OK
FastPAD: OK FastPAD: OK
This Command: cnffpcon 31.2.B.1 ca12 9.2.B.1
Enter FRP parameters (mir/oe_mir * ...):
The cnffpddelay command configures thresholds for severe congestion (Sc) and mild congestion (Mc) on the FastPAD.
Jobs: No Log: Lock: Node Type: IGX
none
<slot.port.subslot.subport> | Specifies the FTC or FTM port and subport that connects to the FastPAD for configuring Sc and Mc. |
<Sc> | Severe congestion. |
<Mc> | Mild congestion. |
Use this command to set up the delay on the FTC port and subport to which the FastPAD is connected. See Figure 1-18 for a sample screen.
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 20 1998 14:07 GMT
Port: 8.1.7.2[FAILED ] Configured Clock: 256.0 Kbps
Rcv Clocking: EXTERNAL Measured Clock: N/A
Xmt Clocking: EXTERNAL
Data Coding: NRZ
Interface: V.35
Signalling Protocol STRATA LMI Interface Control Template
T391 Link Intg Timer 10
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 Lead State
N391 Full Status Poll Cycle 6 CTS ON
N392 Error Threshold 3 DSR ON
Monitored Events Count 4 DCD ON
Severe Congestion (Sc) 64000 (512000)
Mild Congestion (Mc) 57600 (460800)
This Command: cnffpddelay 8.1.7.2
Sc[64000]:
The cnffppvc command configures the FastPAD bc/bc PVC parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Lock: Node Type: IGX
none
<slot.port.subslot.subport.dlci> | Specifies the FTC or FTM port, subport, and DLCI of the FastPAD. |
The cnffpmap command configures the FastPAD map table.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cpyfpmap
cnffpmap <slot.port>
<slot.port> | Specifies the FTC or FTM port connected to the FastPAD. |
This command configures FastPAD map table. The map table contains the dialing plan for the FastPAD. When you enter this command, the system responds with the screen shown in Figure 1-19.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:14 PST
Index # DLCI Slot Index # DLCI Slot Index # DLCI Slot Jump:
[000] 9915 0991 05 [014] FFFF 1023 15 [028] FFFF 1023 15
[001] 0182 0018 02 [015] FFFF 1023 15 [029] FFFF 1023 15
[002] 0528 0052 08 [016] FFFF 1023 15 [030] FFFF 1023 15
[003] 0186 0018 06 [017] FFFF 1023 15 [031] FFFF 1023 15
[004] 0188 0018 08 [018] FFFF 1023 15 [032] FFFF 1023 15
[005] 0524 0052 04 [019] FFFF 1023 15 [033] FFFF 1023 15
[006] 0526 0052 06 [020] FFFF 1023 15 [034] FFFF 1023 15
[007] 0528 0052 08 [021] FFFF 1023 15 [035] FFFF 1023 15
[008] 0528 1023 09 [022] FFFF 1023 15 [036] FFFF 1023 15
[009] FFFF 1023 15 [023] FFFF 1023 15 [037] FFFF 1023 15
[010] FFFF 1023 15 [024] FFFF 1023 15 [038] FFFF 1023 15
[011] FFFF 1023 15 [025] FFFF 1023 15 [039] FFFF 1023 15
[012] FFFF 1023 15 [026] FFFF 1023 15 [040] FFFF 1023 15
[013] FFFF 1023 15 [027] FFFF 1023 15 [041] FFFF 1023 15
This Command: cnffpmap 31.2
Next Command:
The cnffpport command configures the FastPAD port parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspftcport, dnftcport, upftcport
cnffpport <slot.port.subslot.subport> <parameter number> <parameter value>
<slot.port.subslot.subport> | Specifies the port. |
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. |
<parameter value> | Specifies the new value to enter. |
This command configures port parameters for the FastPAD port. When you enter this command, the system responds as in the screen example shown in Figure 1-20.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:16 PST
FastPad Port Configuration
Index: 0x0000 Location: 0x30E84C40
Port in Use : 01 Port Type : 02 Conn Exist : 01
Phy Port Code : 00 Port Code : 00 Abs Rate : 07
Data Parameters
[01] Mode : 00 [02] Baud Rate : 06 [03] Underrun Fill : 7E
[04] Clock Stop FC : 00 [05] Transmit Clock: 00 [06] Local CTS : 01
[07] Local CTS Dly : 00 [08] Local DSR : 01 [09] Local DCD : 01
[10] Hunt Group Mem: 01 [11] Dest Switch Nm: 01 [12] Dest Port Nm : 03
[13] Dest Slot/Chnl: 00 [14] Call Timer : 05 [15] Enable Channel: 01
[16] Initiate Calls: 01 [17] Allocate BW : 00 [18] Intrframe Fill: 00
[19] DPLL Mode : 00 [20] Set DE on Data: 00 [21] Async In Timer: 05
[22] Checksum : 00 [23] Sync Pattern : 0000
This Command: cnffpport 31.2.B.1
Enter parameter number to change (DEL to quit):
The cnffpsys command configures the FastPAD system parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspftcport, dnftcport, upftcport
cnffpsys <slot.port> <parameter number> <parameter value>
<slot.port> | Specifies the port. |
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. |
<parameter value> | Specifies the new value to enter. |
This command configures system parameters for the FastPAD port. When you enter this command, the system responds with the screen shown in Figure 1-21.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:17 PST
FastPad Configuration
Index: 0x0000 Location: 0x30E9D0B2
FPD in Use : 01 Conn State : 01 FPD Name : cc7FP
Alarm Status : 00 Switched Conn : 01 FPD Index : 05
IGX Slot Nm : 1F FTC Port Nm : 01 Link Int : 01
Link Rate : 0C Card Dsc Index: 00 Avail SwVoice : 00
Sfail/Nack : 00/00 TmOut/OutOfSeq: 00/00 Unknown/Q len : 00/00
System Parameters
[04] Ring Freq : 00 [05] Spd Dial Digit: 04 [06] Country Code : 0100
[07] Line Mgmt Ptcl: 02 [08] Local Swtch Nm: 0C [09] Local Port Nm : 51
[10] Inquire Poll : 05 [11] Full Stat Poll: 05 [12] Min Frame Size: 22
[13] Max Frame Size: 43 [14] Jitter Buf Sz : 00 [15] User Lockout : 01
Link Parameters
[16] Clock : 00 [17] Rate : 0C [18] Bandwidth : 8000
[19] Data Card Slot: FF [20] Data Card Chnl: 00 [21] Bundled DLCI : 1000
This Command: cnffpsys 31.2
Enter parameter number to change (DEL to quit)
The cnffstparm command configures the Optimized Bandwidth Management (formerly called ForeSight) parameters for Frame Relay ports.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnffrcon
cnffstparm
No line or port number need be entered.
This command configures the Optimized Bandwidth Management (formerly ForeSight) parameters for Frame Relay ports. This command only has an effect if the Frame Relay Optimized Bandwidth Management option is enabled. The parameter values set by this command apply to all Frame Relay connections enabled with Optimized Bandwidth Management. Therefore, these parameters must be configured on each node in the network that has Optimized Bandwidth Management connections. (The cnffrcon command enables Optimized Bandwidth Management on a connection.) Figure 1-22 illustrates BPX command menus. Table 1-23 lists the parameters of the cnffstparm command.
sw66 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 28 1998 23:50 GMT
1 FST Increase Rate [ 10] (%)
2 FST Decrease Rate [ 93] (%)
3 FST Fast Decrease Rate [ 50] (%)
4 RTD Measurement Time [ 5] (secs)
5 Default RTD [ 100] (msecs)
6 Minimum RTD [ 40] (msecs)
7 Maximum RTD [ 250] (msecs)
8 FECN for congested mins [ 50] (%)
9 QIR Time-out [ 244] (secs)
10 Max TstDelay Retries [ 2] (dec)
Last Command: cnffstparm
Next Command:
Number | Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|---|
1 | FRP Increase Rate | If free bandwidth is available, the rate at which FRP increases transmission (as a percentage of MIR). | 10% |
2 | FRP Decrease Rate | If free bandwidth becomes unavailable, the rate at which FRP decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate). | 87% |
3 | FRP Fast Decrease Rate | If a cell is dropped or the TxQ is full, the rate at which FRP decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate). | 50% |
4 | RTD Measurement Time | The polling interval for measuring round-trip delay on each Frame Relay PVC. | 5 sec. |
5 | Default RTD | The default RTD the connection uses before RTD is measured. | 100 ms. |
6 | Minimum RTD | Min. value used for RTD in FR calculation regardless of measured RTD. | 40 ms. |
7 | Maximum RTD | Max. value used for RTD in FR calculation regardless of measured RTD. | 250 ms. |
8 | FECN for congested mins | When this percentage of packets received have the FECN bit set, a congested minutes field in the dspfrport command is indicated. | 50% |
9 | QIR Time-out | Time before the allowable transmit rate is reset to QIR. | 10 secs. |
10 | Max Test Delay Retries | Maximum number of delay test retries after a timeout. | 2 |
The cnflan command configures node communication parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
upln, dnln, cnfln
cnflan <IP_Address> <IP_Subnet_Mask> <Maximum LAN Transmit Unit> <TCP Service Port>
<IPAdd> | Specifies the Internet address of the node used in the TCP/IP protocol. |
<IP subnet mask> | Specifies a 32-bit mask that contains information about the bit lengths of the subnet ID and host ID address fields. The format of this field uses 1s for the subnet ID field and 0s for the host ID address field as defined in the TCP/IP protocol. The default value (in decimal notation) is 255 255 255.0. This mask denotes both subnet ID and host ID fields as 8-bit fields. |
<Max. LAN Transmit Unit> | BPX nodes only: typical length is 1500 bytes. |
<TCPServicePort> | Specifies the node's service point used by the transmission control protocol (TCP). |
<GatewayIPAddr> | Specifies the Internet gateway address. |
This command configures node communication parameters, so the node can communicate with a Cisco WAN Manager terminal over an Ethernet LAN using TCP/IP protocol. The parameters all contain address information about the Ethernet TCP/IP network that connects the Cisco WAN Manager station to an IGX or BPX node. The values must conform to those of the network. The network administrator can supply the parameters. Refer to the screen in Figure 1-23 .
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 01:48 GMT
Active IP Address: 172.29.9.111
IP Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
IP Service Port: 5120
Default Gateway IP Address: 172.29.9.1
Maximum LAN Transmit Unit: 1500
Ethernet Address: 00.C0.43.00.1F.7F
Type State
LAN READY
TCP UNAVAIL
UDP READY
Telnet READY
TFTP READY
TimeHdlr READY
SNMP READY
This Command: cnflan
Enter IP Address:
The cnflnparm command configures several parameters for ATM lines originating on the BPX or IGX nodes.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX, IGX
upln, dnln, cnfln
cnflnparm <slot.port> <option 1-4>
<slot.port> | Specifies the line to configure. |
<option > | Specifies the parameter to configure. |
This command configures the circuit line alarm integration times in milliseconds for Red and Yellow circuit line alarms. You should set them to correspond to the local carrier's alarm integration times. The cnflnparm range for each of these parameters is 60-3932100 ms. Carrier integration times are typically 800 ms-1500 ms for Red Alarm and 1500-3000 ms for Yellow Alarm.
You can also set the queue depth for the two queues associated with the ASI-0 card, the constant bit rate (CBR) queue and the Variable Bit Rate (VBR) queue. The queue depths may be increased to 16,000 bytes per queue.
When you enter cnflnparm, the system responds with the screen in Figure 1-24. The cnflnparm command is quite similar to the cnfln command.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 01:54 GMT
LN 5.1 Parameters
1 Red Alarm - In/Out [ 2500 / 15000] (Dec)
2 Yel Alarm - In/Out [ 2500 / 15000] (Dec)
This Command: cnflnparm 5.1
Which parameter do you wish to change: Which parameter do you wish to change:
The cnflnsigparm command configures the line signaling parameters for the CVM and UVM voice cards.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnflnparm, cnflnstats, dsplnstatcnf, dsplnstathist, upln, dnln, cnfln
cnflnsigparm <parameter number> <parameter value>
<parameter number> | Specifies the number of the parameter to change. |
<parameter value> | Specifies the new value to enter. |
The cnflnsigparm command configures the line signaling parameters associated with a line. When you enter cnflnsigparm, the screen displays the parameters, as shown in Figure 1-25.
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:16 PST
1 CVM & UVM Heartbeat [ 2] (sec)
2 CVM & UVM Sig. Polling Rate [ 10] (sec)
3 CVM & UVM Default Inband Sig Delay [ 96] (msec)
4 CVM & UVM Default Inband Playout Delay [ 200] (msec)
5 CVM & UVM Default Pulse Sig Delay [ 96] (msec)
6 CVM & UVM Default Pulse Playout Delay [ 200] (msec)
7 UVM Number of Packet Slices [ 1]
8 CVM & UVM Packet Rate [ 200] (pkt/sec)
9 CVM & UVM Condition T1 CCS Lines or T1 Lines? [ YES]
10 UVM Default Inband Min. Wink [ 140] (msec)
11 UVM Default Pulse Min. Wink [ 140] (msec)
12 CVM & UVM Condition T1 Lines? [ YES] (yes/no)
This Command: cnflnsigparm
Which parameter do you wish to change
Table 1-24 describes the parameters of the cnflnsigparm command.
No. | Parameter | Description | Range |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Heartbeat | The current state of the signaling is periodically transmitted to the far end even if no signaling transitions are detected. This interval is determined by the value of "heartbeat." The CVM & UVM Heartbeat parameter (option 1) is the rate, in seconds, at which the card sends a signaling (ABCD bits) state update to the other end of the connection, even when there is no change in the state of the signaling bits. This is done because signaling packets are TS data packets, and there is a small chance that a signaling packet might be discarded somewhere in the network. This mechanism is a recovery mechanism to ensure that on-hook and off-hook notifications are not lost. Increasing this interval will probably have no impact as long as none of the normal signaling TS data packets are being discarded in the network. | 2-30 sec. |
2 | Signal Polling Rate | How often the control card polls the UVM/CVM for the status of the signaling. This parameter is used to update displays and statistics. | 2-60 sec. |
3 | Default Inband | The transmit buffer timer value set after a valid signaling transition for in-band signaling arrives. After timeout, a signaling packet is sent. | 30-96 msec. |
4 | Default Inband | The receive buffer timer that "ages" an incoming, time-stamped packet. When the age of the packet reaches the timestamp value, it moves on to depacketization and then to the user-equipment. This parameter is used to even out the delay between signaling packets and voice packets. | 0-200 msec. |
5 | Default Pulse | Same as number 3 but applied to pulse signaling. | 30-96 msec. |
6 | Default Pulse | Same as number 4 but applied to pulse signaling. | 100-200 msec. |
7 | CVM Number of Packet Slices |
| 1 |
8 | Packet Rate | Reserves trunk bandwidth for carrying UVM/CVM signaling. | 0-1000 packets/sec. |
9 | Condition CCS Lines | If you specify "yes" for this parameter, the card applies signaling conditioning during an alarm to all channels on T1 circuit lines to notify PBX of a line failure. | YES or NO |
10 | Inband Min. Wink | Same as 6 for in-band signaling. | 120-300 msec. |
11 | Pulse Min. Wink | For UVM/CVM connections only, this parameter controls both wink and inter-digit intervals for signaling that arrives over the NPC or NPM signaling channel from a far end UVM/CVM. | 120-300 msec. |
12 | Condition T1 Lines? | If you specify "yes" for this parameter, the card applies signaling conditioning during an alarm to all channels on T1 circuit lines to notify PBX of a line failure. | YES or NO |
The cnflnstats command configures statistics collection for a line.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsplnstatcnf, dsplnstathist
cnflnstats <line> <stat> <interval> <e | d> [<samples> <size> <peaks>]
<line> | Specifies the port to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | Enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2, or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables the collection of one minute peaks. 'Y' to enable; 'N' to disable. |
Primarily, cnflnstats is a debug tool. It lets you customize statistics collected on each line. Table 1-25 lists the statistics for FastPacket-based cards with T1 or E1 lines. For other available parameters, refer to the actual screens on a node. For example, Figure 1-27 and Figure 1-28 show available statistics for a UXM port and an ASI-155 port, respectively.
Not all statistic types are available for all lines. Only valid statistics are displayed for you to select.
Statistic Index Number | Statistic | Line Type |
---|---|---|
1 | Bipolar Violations | E1 and T1 |
2 | Frame Slips | E1 and T1 |
3 | Out of Frames | E1 and T1 |
4 | Loss of Signal | E1 and T1 |
5 | Frame Bit Errors | E1 only |
6 | CRC Errors | E1 only |
7 | Out of Multi-Frames | E1 only |
8 | All Ones in Timeslot 16 | E1 only |
Figure 1-26 illustrates the screen displayed after entering cnflnstats on a FastPacket-based card. The three screens in Figure 1-27 show the statistics available on a UXM port. The two screens in Figure 1-28 show the statistics available on an ASI-155 card.
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:20 PST
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations
2) Frames Slips
3) Out of Frames
4) Losses of Signal
5) Frames Bit Errors
6) CRC Errors
7) Out of Multi-Frames
8) All Ones in Timeslot 16
Last Command: cnflnstats 15 6 255 e
Next Command:
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 02:11 GMT
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 37) Severely Err Secs - Path
3) Out of Frames 38) Severely Err Frame Secs
4) Losses of Signal 40) Unavail. Seconds
5) Frames Bit Errors 41) BIP-8 Code Violations
6) CRC Errors 42) Cell Framing Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violations 43) Cell Framing Sev. Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sec. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 62) Total Cells Tx to line
33) Errored Seconds - Line 69) Total Cells Rx from line
34) Severely Err Secs - Line 98) Frame Sync Errors
35) Path Parity Errors 141) FEBE Counts
36) Errored Secs - Path 143) Cell Framing FEBE Err Secs
This Command: cnflnstats 5.1
Continue? y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 02:12 GMT
Line Statistic Types
144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs. 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
152) Cell Framing Yel Transitions 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC-3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC-3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
197) Section BIP8 210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
198) Line BIP24 211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
199) Line FEBE 212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
200) Path BIP8 213) Line Unavailable Secs.
201) Path FEBE 214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
This Command: cnflnstats 5.1
Continue? y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 02:12 GMT
Line Statistic Types
215) Path Unavailable Secs.
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
This Command: cnflnstats 5.1
Statistic Type:
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 10:42 GMT
Line Statistic Types
3) Loss of Frames 176) Line FEBE
4) Loss of Signal 177) Path BIP8
46) HCS Errors 178) Path FEBE
147) HCS Errored Seconds 179) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
148) HCS Severely Err. Secs. 180) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
151) YEL Transitions 181) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) Alarm Indication Signal 182) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
170) Loss of Cell Delineation 183) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
171) Loss of Pointer 184) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
172) OC-3 Path AIS 185) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
173) OC-3 Path YEL 186) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
174) Section BIP8
175) Line BIP24
This Command: cnflnstats 10.1
Continue?
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 10:43 GMT
Line Statistic Types
187) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
188) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
189) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
190) Line Unavailable Secs.
191) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
192) Path Unavailable Secs.
193) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
194) HCS Correctable Error
195) HCS Correctable Error Err. Secs
196) HCS Correctable Error SevErr Secs
This Command: cnflnstats 10.1
Statistic Type:
The following table provides a table of BXM "object names." In many cases, the object name implies the screen field name on the cnflnstats screen.
provides a way for the software to fetch physical layer statistics from the Monarch firmware. Note: Where interface type is not specified it is implied to be of generic nature, and is good for all BXM interfaces (T3, E3, OC-3, OC-12).
Table 1-26 lists some line statistics descriptions for the BXM card. (Note that the object name given is in most cases the same as the screen field name, though they may vary slightly from the screen field name.)
Object ID | Object Name | Range | Description |
---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3: Byte 4-7: | Identifier and source IP address sent with ComBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | Line Number | 1 - 12 | Identifies the target line number. If multiple line numbers are sent during the operation, then each line number object terminates the configuration for the string of objects for the previous line number. |
03 | Statistical Subset | Byte 0: Subset # Byte 1-n: | The set operator configures the subset template. The get operator uses the subset number to build a response. It ignores the "byte 1-n" string. |
04 | Statistics Auto-Reset Option | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | Statistics will be automatically reset after sent to the BCC in an Event Message if the Auto-Reset option is enabled. After the instance of an enable or disable command, the condition will persist until another Auto-Reset command is encountered. Note reset is on a line bases. |
05 | Total Cells Transmitted | 0 - 232-1 | Total cells transmitted out the physical layer interface. |
06 | Total Cells Received | 0 - 232-1 | Total cells received at the physical layer interface. |
07 | RESERVED |
|
|
08 | LOS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of LOS. |
09 | LOF | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of LOF. |
0A | Line AIS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of AIS. |
0B | Line RDI (YEL) | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Yellow Alarm detection. |
0C | T3 / E3 LCV | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 Line Code Violation Count. |
0D | T3 PCV | 0 - 232-1 | T3 P-Bit Code Violations (Line) Count. |
0E | T3 CCV | 0 - 232-1 | T3 C-Bit Code Violations (Path) Count. |
0F | T3 FEBE | 0 - 232-1 | Far End Block Error. |
10 | T3 / E3 FERR | 0 - 232-1 | Framing Errors Count. |
11 | T3 / E3 LES | 0 - 232-1 | Line Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there was at least one LCV. |
12 | T3 PES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 P-Bit Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there was at least one PES |
13 | T3 CES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 C-Bit Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there was at least one CES |
14 | T3 / E3 LSES | 0 - 232-1 | Line Severely Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there were 44 or more LCVs |
15 | T3 PSES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 P-Bit Severely Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there were 44 or more P-Bit Errors. |
16 | T3 CSES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 C-Bit Severely Errored Seconds Count. Incremented for each second there were 44 or more C-Bit Errors. |
17 | T3 / E3 SEFS | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 Severely Errored Framing Seconds Count incremented for each second ether was one or more Severely Errored Framing Errors (OOF). |
18 | T3 / E3 UAS | 0 - 232-1 | Unavailable Seconds. Count starts from the onset of LOS, LOF, AIS. |
19 | T3 PLCP LOF | 0 - 232-1 | PLCP Loss of Frame. Number of times Loss of Frame detected by the PLCP |
1A | T3 PLCP YEL | 0 - 232-1 | PLCP Yellow Alarm count. |
1B | T3 / E3 PLCP BIP-8 | 0 - 232-1 | PLCP/G.832 BIP-8 Errors. Incremented each BIP-8 Error detected by PLCP. |
1C | T3 / E3 PLCP FEBE | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 PLCP/G.832 Far End Block Errors. |
1D | T3 PLCP FOE | 0 - 232-1 | T3 PLCP Framing Octet Errors |
1E | T3 / E3 PLCP BIP-8 ES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 PLCP/G.832 BIP-8 Errored Seconds. Incremented each second at least one PLCP BIP-8 Error was detected. |
1F | T3 / E3 PLCP FEBE ES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 PLCP/G.832 FEBE Errored Seconds. Incremented each second at least one PLCP FEBE was detected. |
20 | T3 / E3 PLCP BIP-8 SES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 PLCP/G.832 BIP-8 Severely Errored Seconds. Incremented each second there were at least 5 BIP-8 Errors. |
21 | T3 / E3 PLCP FEBE SES | 0 - 232-1 | T3 / E3 PLCP/G.832 FEBE Severely Errored Seconds. Incremented each second there were at least 5 FEBE Errors. |
22 | T3 PLCP SEFS | 0 - 232-1 | T3 Severely Errored Framing Seconds.Incremented each second there was at least one SEF event. (PLCP OOF). |
23 | T3 PLCP UAS | 0 - 232-1 | T3 PLCP Unavailable Seconds. Count starts at the onset of LOS, LOF, AIS, PLCP LOF. |
24 | RESERVED |
|
|
25 | HCS uncorrectable errors | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Loss of Cell Delineation. |
26 | RESERVED |
|
|
27 | LOC | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Loss of Cell Delineation. |
28 | OC-3 LOP | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Loss of Pointer. |
29 | OC-3 Path AIS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Path AIS. |
2A | OC-3 Path RDI (YEL) | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Path Yellow. |
2B | OC-3 Section BIP-8 Errors | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Section BIP-8 Errors. |
2C | OC-3 Line BIP-24 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Line BIP-24 Errors. |
2D | OC-3 Line FEBE | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Line Far-End Blocking Errors. |
2E | OC-3 Path BIP-8 | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Path BIP-8 Errors. |
2F | OC-3 Path FEBE | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Path Far-End Blocking Errors. |
30 | OC-3 Section BIP-8 ES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least one instance of Section BIP-8 Errors. |
31 | OC-3 Line BIP-24 ES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least one instance of Line BIP-24 Errors. |
32 | OC-3 Line FEBE ES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least one instance of Line Far-End Blocking Errors. |
33 | OC-3 Path BIP-8 ES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least one instance of Path BIP-8 Errors. |
34 | OC-3 Path FEBE ES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least one instance of Path Far-End Blocking Errors. |
35 | OC-3 Section BIP-8 SES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2500/8800 (OC-3/OC-12) instances of Section BIP-8 Errors. |
36 | OC-3 Section SEFS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2500/8800 (OC-3/OC-12) instances of OOF. |
37 | OC-3 Line BIP-24 SES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2500/10000 (OC-3/OC-12) instances of Line BIP-24 Errors. |
38 | OC-3 Line FEBE SES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2500/10000 (OC-3/OC-12) instances of Line Far-End Blocking Errors. |
39 | OC-3 Path BIP-8 SES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2400 instances of Path BIP-8 Errors. |
3A | OC-3 Path FEBE SES | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that had at least 2400 instances of Path Far-End Blocking Errors. |
3B | OC-3 Line UAS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that the line was unavailable, in LOS, LOF, AIS, or after the occurrence of 10 contiguous Line SESs. |
3C | OC-3 Line Far End UAS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that the line experienced at least 10 contiguous Line FEBE SESs. |
3D | OC-3 Path UAS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that the line was unavailable, in LOP, Path AIS, or after the occurrence of 10 contiguous Path SESs. |
3E | OC-3 Path Far End UAS | 0 - 232-1 | Number of seconds that the line experienced at least 10 contiguous Path FEBE SESs. |
3F | HCS correctable errors | 0 - 232-1 | Number of instances of Loss of Cell Delineation. |
40 -41 | RESERVED |
|
|
The cnfclnstats command configures parameters for circuit line statistics collection.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspchstats
cnfclnstats <line> <stat> <interval> <e|d> [<samples> <size> <peaks>]
<line> | Specifies the circuit line to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | Enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2, or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables/disables the collection of ten second peaks. 'Y' to enable; 'N' disable. |
This command configures circuit line statistics. The cnfclnstats command lets you customize statistics collection on each circuit line. It primarily applies to debugging and not standard network operation. Table 1-27 lists the cnfclnstats statistics by type. Figure 1-29 illustrates the display.
Not all statistic types are available for all lines. Valid statistics appear in full brightness while unavailable types appear in half brightness.
Statistic Type | Statistic | Line Type |
---|---|---|
1 | Bipolar Violations | E1 and T1 |
2 | Frame Slips | E1 and T1 |
3 | Out of Frames | E1 and T1 |
4 | Loss of Signal | E1 and T1 |
5 | Frame Bit Errors | E1 only |
6 | CRC Errors | E1 only |
7 | Out of Multi-Frames | E1 only |
8 | All Ones in Timeslot 16 | E1 only |
Figure 1-29 illustrates the screens displayed after entering cnfclnstats. The card in the example is a UXM. The line is 5.1. The only statistic in this example is 215the number of seconds that the path was unavailable. (To configure more statistics, you would have to re-enter the command.) Other parameters in this example are an interval of 5 minutes, an accumulation of 29 samples, a sample size of 2 bytes, and the choice of enabling of 10 minute peaks.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 01:21 GMT
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 37) Severely Err Secs - Path
3) Out of Frames 38) Severely Err Frame Secs
4) Losses of Signal 40) Unavail. Seconds
5) Frames Bit Errors 41) BIP-8 Code Violations
6) CRC Errors 42) Cell Framing Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violations 43) Cell Framing Sev. Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sec. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 62) Total Cells Tx to line
33) Errored Seconds - Line 69) Total Cells Rx from line
34) Severely Err Secs - Line 98) Frame Sync Errors
35) Path Parity Errors 141) FEBE Counts
36) Errored Secs - Path 143) Cell Framing FEBE Err Secs
This Command: cnfclnstats 5.1
Continue?
Line Statistic Types
144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs. 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
152) Cell Framing Yel Transitions 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC-3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC-3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
197) Section BIP8 210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
198) Line BIP24 211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
199) Line FEBE 212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
200) Path BIP8 213) Line Unavailable Secs.
201) Path FEBE 214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
This Command: cnfclnstats 5.1
Continue? y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 01:22 GMT
Line Statistic Types
215) Path Unavailable Secs.
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
Last Command: cnfclnstats 5.1 215 5 e 29 2 y
Next Command:
The cnfmxbutil command configures the Muxbus or Cellbus utilization factor for each FRP or FRM, respectively.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
none
cnfmxbutil <slot number> <percentage>
<slot number> | Specifies the slot number of the associated FRP card. |
<percentage> | Specifies the percent of Muxbus or cellbus bandwidth to allocate. |
The cnfmxbutil command lets you configure the Muxbus or cellbus utilization factor for each FRP or FRM in the node on a slot-by-slot basis. (System software automatically allocates a certain amount of bandwidth for each FRP or FRM in a node. Since the maximum data rate for an FRP or FRM is 2 Mbps, this bandwidth is also the maximum amount of the bus reserved for an FRP or FRM.)
In many applications, each of the four FRP or FRM ports is configured for a large number of 56 or 64 Kbps connections. System software totals the bandwidth required for all the connections, multiplies the total by 121% to reserve extra bandwidth for overhead, then subtracts this amount from the total available bus bandwidth.
However, statistically full utilization is not often required on ports with a large number of connections, so the reserved bus bandwidth may be further reduced. In a node with a T3 or E3 ATM trunk card, much of the bus bandwidth may be assigned to the ATM trunk, so you should exercise caution when allocating the remaining bus bandwidth.
See Figure 1-30 for a sample screen. The screen displays "N/A" for a slot where no FRP or FRM exists. Once the slot is selected, the system displays the message "Enter Utilization Factor." The range is 1-250%. The default is 121%. The extra 21% for the default is for the overhead for encapsulating the Frame Relay frame into the FastPackets or ATM cells.
gamma Cisco WAN Manager SuperUser IGX 8420 Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998
14:27 PDT
Slot 1: N/A Slot 9: N/A Slot 17: 121% Slot 25: N/A
Slot 2: N/A Slot 10: N/A Slot 18: 121% Slot 26: N/A
Slot 3: N/A Slot 11: N/A Slot 19: N/A Slot 27: N/A
Slot 4: N/A Slot 12: N/A Slot 20: N/A Slot 28: N/A
Slot 5: N/A Slot 13: N/A Slot 21: N/A Slot 29: N/A
Slot 6: N/A Slot 14: N/A Slot 22: N/A Slot 30: N/A
Slot 7: N/A Slot 15: N/A Slot 23: N/A Slot 31: N/A
Slot 8: N/A Slot 16: N/A Slot 24: N/A Slot 32: N/A
This Command: cnfmxbutil
Enter Slot:
Sets a variety of general parameters for the nodes in a network.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
cnfnodeparm
The cnfnodeparm command lets you change some of the node's system parameters. The parameters you can set with cnfnodeparm are not closely related. Table 1-28 and Table 1-29 describe the parameters for the IGX and BPX nodes, respectively. After each table, an applicable set of cnfnodeparm screens appears. The defaults for the parameters are selected by Cisco engineering to operate under normal network conditions. With few exceptions, you should change them only with the guidance of the Cisco TAC.
In Release 9.2, two new options are provided that you can use to determine the maximum frequency with which hitless rebuilds can occur before a full rebuild of the node is started. See "Attributes" section for more information on hitless rebuild.
Index | Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Update Initial Delay (sec.) | Specifies a factor for generating a delay before conditional updates are transmitted to the network after a controller card switch-over. The Update Initial Delay is multiplied by the number of nodes in the network. | 5000 (D) |
2 | Update Per-Node Delay (ms.) | Specifies the delay between transmission of conditional updates to the nodes. | 30000 (D) |
3 | Comm. Break Test Delay (ms.) | Normal interval between tests for communication break on any node. | 30000 (D) |
4 | Comm. Break Test Offset | Factor between number of communication test failures and test successes to declare a node in communication break condition. | 10 (D) |
5 | Network Timeout Period | Number of milliseconds to wait for a response to a communication test transmission before declaring a failure. The maximum is four failures. | 1700 (D) |
6 | Network Inter-p Period | In inter-domain connections, Network Inter-p Period is the number of milliseconds to wait for a response to a communication test transmission before declaring a failure. The maximum is four failures. | 4000 (D) |
7 | Network Sliding Window Size | Controls the number of control card messages that the node can simultaneously transmit to the network. This parameter defines the number of no acknowledgments outstanding on a controller before NACKS is declared. | 1 (D) |
8 | Number of Normal Timeouts | For intra-domain connections: Number of Normal Timeouts is the maximum number of normal network retransmissions before the node signals a communication break. | 7 (D) |
9 | Number of Inter-p Timeouts | For inter-domain connections: Number of Inter-p Timeouts is the maximum number of normal network retransmissions before the node signals a communication break. | 3 (D) |
10 | Number of Satellite Timeouts | Maximum number of satellite network retransmissions before the node signals a communication break. | 6 (D) |
11 | Number of Blind Timeouts | Maximum number of communication fail timeouts and retransmissions performed when using the blind channel. "Blind" refers to the message being sent across the trunk without knowing what node is on the other end of the trunk. The Comm Fail test uses this blind channel, however, the Comm Fail application has a non-configurable limit of three (3) comm failures before declaring Comm Fail. For example, the network handler task will attempt to deliver the Comm Fail request message four (4) times before reporting a failure back to the Comm Fail application, which will retry twice more (each with four retries on the blind channel) before declaring Comm Fail. The Number of Blind Timeouts parameter is the number of communication fail timeouts and retransmissions performed when using the blind channel. | 4 (D) |
12 | Number of CB Msg Timeouts | Number of communication break timeouts and retransmissions before the node declares a communication break condition (CB). One successful acknowledgment clears the CB condition. | 2 (D) |
13 | Comm. Fail Interval (ms.) | Minimum time allocated for communication fail testing of all trunks terminating on the local node. | 10,000 (D) |
14 | Comm. Fail Multiplier | Number of Comm. Fail Intervals to skip for good lines. | 3 (D) |
15 | Temperature | Temperature in the enclosure that causes an over-temperature alarm to go to the controller card. | 50 (D) |
16 | NPC Redundancy Configured | A "y" indicates a redundant controller card is required. The absence of a redundant controller card generates an alarm. | Y |
17 | MT3 Pass Through Delay | The parameter is OBSOLETE. |
|
18 | Network Packet TX Rate | Rate for transmitting control card packets to the network. The range is a series of discreet values: 100 200 333 500 1000 1100 1200 1333 1500 2000. The units of measure are packets per second (pps). The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the control card from flooding the trunk with packets. | 500 pps |
19 | TFTP Memory (x 10 KB) | Specifies the amount of controller memory to allocate for statistics collection. | 76 (D) |
20 | Standby Update Timer | Specifies how often to send update messages to standby controller. | 10 (D) |
21 | Stby Updts Per Pass | Number of messages that can be sent to standby NPC for each update interval. | 30 (D) |
22 | Gateway ID Timer | An inter-domain rerouting timer. How often to look for junction nodes for new route. | 30 (D) |
23 | GLCON Alloc Timer | Another inter-domain rerouting timer controlling gateway LCON function. | 30 (D) |
24 | Comm Fail Delay | Number of seconds before starting to detect communication failures after a controller switch-over. | 60 (D) |
25 | Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) | Network handler timer determines how long to wait to send messages to or receive messages from a remote node. | 50 (D) |
26 | CBUS Delay | Specifies the minimum number of milliseconds the NPC or NPM must wait before it places the next command on the CBUS. | 20 (D) |
27 | SNMP Event Logging | Enables maintenance logging of global SNMP messages. These SNMP events are not errors but any GET, SET, and so on. Output goes to a printer connected to the node's auxiliary port or a terminal server (accessible via telnet). Without a connected output device, the parameter is meaningless. | y=yes |
28 | TFTP Grant Delay (sec) | The number of seconds the node waits before resending a TFTP request after a TFTP error has occurred. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 1 |
29 | TFTTP ACK Timeout (sec) | The number of seconds the node waits for an acknowledgment of a TFTP request before it declares the request as timed out. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 10 |
30 | TFTP Write retires | The number of times the node retries a TFTP operation (not just writes) after a failed attempt. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 3 |
31 | FRP/FRM Link Status Alarm | Determines whether a signaling failure on an FRP or FRM port causes a major alarm. This parameter applies to any port configured as an NNI. | y=yes |
32 | Job Lock Timeout | The range is 1-1000 seconds. The default of 0 disables this parameter. | 0 |
33 | Max Via LCONs | The maximum number of "via" connections a node can support. (A via connection does not terminate on the node but merely passes through.) This maximum is configurable, but you cannot lower the number below the current limit on the node. The default is the current maximum and should remain unchanged for normal operating conditions. | On an IGX node: 20000 On a BPX node: 50000 |
34 | Max Blind Segment Size | The maximum size of each segment of a blind message. (The full message may be longer than the segment, especially in a large network.) A blind message is a message the local node sends to the far end node when you execute addtrk. If the trunk has many errors, smaller message segments increase the possibility of a successful addtrk. Under normal conditions, this parameter should remain the default. | 3570 |
35 | Max XmtMemBlks per NIB | Maximum number of memory blocks available for messages that are awaiting transmission. Under normal conditions, this parameter should remain the default. | 3000 |
36 | Max Mem stby update Q size | Maximum number of update messages that can reside in queues awaiting transmission to the standby processor. This percentage is used to determine when to flush the standby message queue when the percentage is reached. Only rare circumstances could provide a reason to change this parameter, so do not change it without first consulting the TAC. | 5000 |
37 | Trk Cell Rtng Restrict | Specifies whether or not trunks on a UXM on an IGX node can route only cell traffic. The Trk Cell Rtng Restrict parameter lets you specify a default for an option to the addcon command; that is, you can specify what the addcon parameter "Trunk cell routing restricted" prompts the user as a default, for example: "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [y]" or "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [n]." If "n" is specified, then fast-packet based routing is used. When adding or configuring ATM connections, this prompt will display for all connections (for example, CBR, ABR, UBR, and so on.) except for real-time VBR (rt-VBR) connections because rt-VBR connections should not be routed over FastPacket trunks. | Yes/No |
38 | Stat Config Proc Cnt | Stat Config Proc Cnt is the number of statistics that will be enabled before pausing and allowing other processes to run. The default value of 1000 specifies that 1000 statistics should be enabled. But the count is only checked once for every object, so if the number of objects exceeds the count there will be one statistic enabled for each object. For example, if there are 1000 connections and the default count is set, one statistic will be enabled for each connection before pausing. If there are 2000 connections, one statistic will be enabled for each connection, then the number of statistics enabled (2000) will be compared to the count (1000). Since the number enabled exceeds the count, the enabling of statistics will pause. | 1000 |
39 | Stat Config Proc Delay | Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds (ms) that statistics processing pauses between enabling passes. On a heavily loaded switch, you may increase this number to reduce the load when enabling statistics, but the enabling process takes longer. The total (approximate) amount of time to process a statistics enable request is calculated as shown below:
where num_of_stats is the sum of all statistics for this switch
Using an example of a switch with 1000 connections (10 statistics per connection), three trunks (10 statistics per trunk), 10 ports (10 statistics per port), and the default settings (count = 1000, delay = 2000 msec) yields the following:
| 2000 |
40 | Enable Degraded Mode | Enables or disables the rebuild prevention feature on the node. Enabling this parameter causes a graceful switchover of the active controller card without having to do a rebuild. User connections and user traffic are maintained even when bugs or system overload would cause repeated aborts. Remaining updates are completed as fast as possible without affecting existing connections. If this parameter is disabled and an abort occurs during the update of the standby processor, the node rebuilds. Note that on the IGX, the active/standby/fail lights on the active card do not flash (as they do on the BPX node to indicate that the node is in degraded mode). If enabled, an abort condition will transition the node into degraded mode rather than rebuilding the node. You can disable this parameter (it is enabled by default) so that an abort will result in a rebuild. After degraded has been entered, a minimal set of functionality is available. (See the "High Priority Login" section for more information.) Disabled functions include provisioning and routing, network communications, event logging, and LAN access. However, connections continue to pass traffic. Once in degraded mode, a configurable parameter indicates whether to switch to the standby once it's ready. If Enable Degraded Mode is enabled (Y), an abort condition will transition the node into degraded mode rather than rebuilding the node. You can disable this parameter so that an abort will result in a node rebuild. | Y (enabled) |
41 | Enable Feeder Alert | When degraded mode is entered, this parameter is set to yes, then a message is sent to the MGX 8220 interface shelves to update status of node so that connections will not fail. This parameter works in conjunction with degraded mode parameters (for example, Auto Switch on Degrade). If Enable Feeder Alert is disabled (the default) or, due to network congestion, the messages cannot be exchanged between the hub and the feeder to disable LMI, manual intervention can still be achieved by using the addfdrlp and delfdrlp commands on the BPX. (Note that addfdrlp and delfdrlp commands are service-level commands and can be used only by Cisco personnel.) | [No is default] Yes/No |
42 | Trk Cell Rtng Restrict | Specifies whether connections can be routed using cell-based trunks only. The Trk Cell Rtng Restrict parameter lets you specify a default for an option to the addcon command; that is, you can specify what the addcon parameter "Trunk cell routing restricted" prompts the user as a default, for example: "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [y]" or "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [n]". If "n" is specified, then fast-packet based routing is used. | Yes/No |
43 | Enable Reroute on Comm Fail | Default value is FALSE. If there is communication failure, the node will not send the topology update message to the other nodes. If the value is set to TRUE, the node will send out a line change message and the remote nodes (master/slave) will deroute/condition the connections. You would sometimes use this parameter in conjunction with the Abit Notifications on LMI/ILMI Interface feature (which you enable with the cnfnodeparm SuperUser command). See the Abit Notifications feature description in the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference for information on the Abit Notifications feature. | [ N] (Y/N) |
44 | Auto Switch on Degrade | When degraded mode is entered, the standby card is updated and ready. If the default is enabled (yes) then the card switchover happens automatically. If this parameter is set to yes, when degraded mode is entered, then the standby card is ready, and the card switchover happens automatically. After a node has entered degraded mode (see Enable Degraded Mode parameter), this parameter indicates whether to switch to the standby card once it is ready. The default setting is to enable switching. You can set this parameter to disable switching if you want to allow further time to diagnose the problem rather than switching to the other processor, or to stop switching due to repeated aborts.
| [Yes is default] Yes/No |
45 | Max Degraded Aborts | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which degraded mode aborts can occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold degraded mode aborts. Another action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. This parameter indicates the maximum number of aborts while in the degraded state. In the case where the processor continues to reset while in degraded mode, each reset will result in the processor staying in degraded mode unless this threshold has been reached, in which case the next reset will cause a full rebuild of the node. The desired result is to avoid infinite aborts while in degraded mode, which would essentially lock the node indefinitely. You can set Max Degraded Aborts to its maximum value (255) to indicate that the processor will be allowed to abort indefinitely without going through a full rebuild. This approach can be used to avoid a full rebuild (which will impact the user plane) until an appropriate time is reached when it may be reset or replaced. | 100 is default
|
46 | Max Hitless Rebuild Count | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which hitless rebuilds can occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold hitless rebuilds. Another action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. For example, using the default values of 100 for Max Hitless Rebuild Count and 1000 hours Hitless Counter Reset Time, a maximum of 100 hitless rebuilds can occur within a 1000 hour period before it is determined that degraded mode should be entered. For each hitless rebuild that occurs, if 1000 hours pass without the maximum hitless rebuild count having been exceeded, then that hitless rebuild will have aged beyond the point where it is still considered for thresholding purposes. If the maximum hitless rebuild count is set to "255" for "infinite," then an unlimited number of hitless rebuilds can occur without the thresholding mechanism triggering a full rebuild or a change to degraded mode. In this case, the configurable hitless counter reset time will be ignored, no full rebuilds will be automatically performed. This allows you to determine when the best time is to manually perform a full rebuild, probably during a period of low traffic. At the other extreme, if the maximum hitless rebuild is set to zero, then no hitless rebuilds will be attempted. This disables the feature. When the configurable parameters Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are reconfigured, then the statistical counters for hitless rebuilds will be reset. The Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are new in Release 9.2, and will be stored in BRAM. | 100 |
47 | Hitless Counter Reset Time | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which hitless rebuilds can occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold hitless rebuilds. Another action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. For example, using the default values of 100 for Max Hitless Rebuild Count and 1000 hours Hitless Counter Reset Time, a maximum of 100 hitless rebuilds can occur within a 1000 hour period before it is determined that degraded mode should be entered. For each hitless rebuild that occurs, if 1000 hours pass without the maximum hitless rebuild count having been exceeded, then that hitless rebuild will have aged beyond the point where it is still considered for thresholding purposes. If the maximum hitless rebuild count is set to "255" for "infinite", then an unlimited number of hitless rebuilds can occur without the thresholding mechanism triggering a full rebuild or a change to degraded mode. In this case, the configurable hitless counter reset time will be ignored, no full rebuilds will be automatically performed. This allows you to determine when the best time is to manually perform a full rebuild, probably during a period of low traffic. At the other extreme, if the maximum hitless rebuild is set to zero, then no hitless rebuilds will be attempted. This disables the feature. When the configurable parameters Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are reconfigured, then the statistical counters for hitless rebuilds will be reset. The Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are new in Release 9.2, and will be stored in BRAM. | 1000 hours |
48 | Send Abit Early | Specifies whether Abit is sent on deroute. The default is set to no initially. If you issue this command again, the prompt then shows the previously-provisioned value. Use the Send Abit Early parameter (option 48) to enable or disable the Abit Notifications feature. (The default is "N" which means the Abit Notifications feature is disabled.) If the Send Abit Early parameter is set to N, then the settings for parameter 49 (Abit Timer Multiplier M) and parameter 50 (Abit Timer Granularity N) are ignored and have no effect. After you enable the Send Abit Early parameter by setting it to yes, you can set the Abit Timer Granularity N and Abit Timer Multiplier M parameters. The Send Abit Early parameter works on conjunction with the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. You must set the Send Abit Early parameter to yes to enable it, then you can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. The different Abit behavior in Release 9.2 is completely local to the node and is applicable to the master and slave ends of connections when the connections are derouted. When only one of the nodes connected by a connection has the Send Abit Early enabled (set to "Y"), the timing in which that the Abit notification feature is sent at one end of the connection may be drastically different from the other end of the connection. Thus, it is recommended that the Send Abit Early parameter be configured the same on all nodes. For more information on the Send Abit Notification on ILMI/LMI using Configurable Timer feature, refer to the "Sending Abit Notification on ILMI/LMI Using Configurable Timer" section in the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.2 manual. | [N is default] (Y/N) |
49 | Abit Timer Multiplier M | The Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters are used in conjunction with the Send Abit Early parameter. You must set the Send Abit Early parameter to yes to enable it, then you can set Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. You can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M option from 0 to 100. The default value is 0. When you execute the cnfnodeparm command, the prompt shows the previously-configured value, or the default value if no upgrade or no configuration on these values was done previously. A value "X" is the time to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if the connection is in a derouted state. A connection derouted at a time period between 0 and N will send out Abit = 0 at a time between X and X + N, if the connection continues to be in a derouted state. In cases where there are many Abit status changes to report to the CPE, the last Abit updates may be delayed much longer because Abit updates process about 47 connections per second. To make a compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, Abit Timer Multiplier N can be configured to be from 3 to 255 seconds. The bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X is M * N (Abit Timer Multiplier M * Abit Timer Granularity N values). To compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, N can be configured to be from 3 to 255 seconds; the bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X (M * N) is set such that M can be configured to be from 0 to 100. The default value for N is 3 seconds. The default value for M is 0, meaning Abit = 0 sent out on deroute. It is recommended that the value of X (value of Abit Timer Multiplier M * value of Abit Timer Granularity N) be set such that when a trunk fails, the connections are given sufficient time to reroute successfully, avoiding the need to send out Abit = 0. If the value of X is set to be smaller than the normal time to reroute connections when a trunk fails, the time to complete rerouting them may take longer. This can happen for line cards and feeder trunks that have LMI/ILMI protocol runs on those cards, such as BXM on BPX and Frame Relay cards on IGX. Note that it takes time for those cards to process Abit status information for each connection coming from controller card through CommBus messages. To follow the general Release 9.2 interoperability, it is recommended that the Abit Notifications feature not be used when the standby control processor is in a locked state. | [Default is 0] (D) |
50 | Abit Timer Granularity N | You can set the Abit Timer Granularity N option from 3 to 255 seconds. The default value is 3 seconds. You use the Abit Timer Granularity N and Abit Timer Multiplier M parameters in conjunction with the Send Abit Early parameter to configure the Early Abit Notifications on LMI/ILMI Interface using Configurable Timer feature in Release 9.2 and beyond. (The Send Abit Early parameter must be enabled before you can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters.) The Early Abit Notifications feature lets the user specify the timer interval to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if a connection fails to reroute and is in the derouted state too long. No precise timer is kept for each connection. Instead, all connections derouted during a certain time period go to the same bucket. This time period is "N", which defines the granularity of the timers, and is specified by the Abit Timer Granularity N parameter. Also, the value "X" is the time to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if the connection is in a derouted state. A connection that is derouted at a time period between 0 and N will send out Abit = 0 at a time between X and X + N if the connection continues to be in a derouted state. In cases where there are many Abit status changes to report to the CPE, the last Abit updates may be delayed much longer because Abit updates process about 47 connections per second. To compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, you can configure the N value (Abit Timer Granularity N) to be from 3 to 255 seconds. The bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X should be M * N, where M can be configured to be from 0 to 100. The default value for N (specified by the Abit Timer Multiplier N parameter) is 3 seconds. The default value for M is 0, meaning that Abit = 0 is sent out on deroute. It is recommended that the value of X (Abit Timer Multiplier M value * Abit Timer Granularity N value) be set such that when a trunk fails, the connections are given sufficient time to reroute successfully, avoiding the need to send out Abit = 0. | [Default is 3 seconds] |
* Enter value in either decimal (D) or hexadecimal (H). |
Figure 1-31 shows the available parameters on an IGX node.
The example shows the two screens required to show all cnfnodeparm parameters on an IGX node.
pubsipx1 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 May 9 1998 09:30 GMT
1 Update Initial Delay [ 5000] (D) 16 CC Redundancy Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N)
2 Update Per-Node Delay [30000] (D) 17 MT3 Pass Through Relay [ Y] (Y/N)
3 Comm-Break Test Delay [30000] (D) 18 Nw Pkt Tx Rate (pps) [ 500] (D)
4 Comm-Break Test Offset [ 10] (D) 19 Stats Memory (x 10KB) [ 61] (D)
5 Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D) 20 Standby Update Timer [ 1] (D)
6 Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D) 21 Stby Updts Per Pass [ 30] (D)
7 NW Sliding Window Size [ 1] (D) 22 Gateway ID Timer [ 30] (D)
8 Num Normal Timeouts [ 7] (D) 23 GLCON Alloc Timer [ 30] (D)
9 Num Inter-p Timeouts [ 3] (D) 24 Comm Fail Delay [ 60] (D)
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [ 6] (D) 25 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) [ 100] (D)
11 Num Blind Timeouts [ 4] (D) 26 CBUS Delay (msec) [ 20] (D)
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts [ 2] (D) 27 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N)
13 Comm Fail Interval [10000] (D) 28 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [ 1] (D)
14 Comm Fail Multiplier [ 3] (D) 29 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [ 10] (D)
15 Temperature Threshold [ 50] (D) 30 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Continue? y
pubsipx1 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 May 9 1998 09:31 GMT
31 FRP Link Status Alarm [ Y] (Y/N)
32 Job Lock Timeout [ 0] (D)
33 Max Via LCONs [ 5000] (D)
34 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)
35 Max Nib Xmit Msgs [ 1000] (D)
36 Max Stby Update Q Sz [ 412] (D)
37 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [ Y] (Y/N)
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt [ 1000] (D)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)
40 Enable Degraded Mode [ N] (Y/N)
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [N] (Y/N)
42 Enable Feeder Alert [N] (Y/N)
43 Reroute on Comm Fail [N] (Y/N)
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [Y] (Y/N)
45 Max Degraded Aborts [100] (D)
46 Max Htls Rebuilt Count [100] (D)
47 Htls Counter Reset Time [1000] (D)
48 Send Abit Early [Y] (Y/N)
49 Abit Timer Multiplier M [2] (D)
50 Abit Timer Granularity M [3] (0)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Enter parameter index:
Table 1-29 shows the available parameters on a BPX node for the cnfnodeparm command.
Index | Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Update Initial Delay (sec.) | This delay, multiplied times the number of nodes in the network, is the delay before conditional updates are transmitted to the network after a BCC switchover. | 5000 seconds |
2 | Update Per-Node Delay (ms.) | Delay between transmission of conditional updates to nodes. | 30000 msecs |
3 | Comm. Break Test Delay (ms.) | Interval between tests for communication breaks on any node. | 3000 msecs |
4 | Comm. Break Test Offset | Factor between number of communication test failures and successful tests to declare a node in communication break condition. | 10 (D) |
5 | Network Timeout Period | The time a node waits for a response to a communication test transmission before it declares a failure. Four failures allowed. | 1700 (D) |
6 | Network Inter-p Period | The time a node waits for a response to a communication test transmission on inter-domain connections before it declares a failure. The maximum number failures is four. | 4000 (D) |
7 | NW Sliding Window Size | Controls the number of BCC messages that can be transmitted simultaneously. Defines number of "no acknowledgments outstanding" on controller before NACKS declared. | 1 (D) |
8 | Num. Normal Timeouts | Number of normal network retransmissions allowed before issuing a communication break condition (for intra-domain connections). | 7 (D) |
9 | Num. Inter-p Timeouts | Number of normal network retransmissions allowed before issuing a communication break condition (for inter-domain connections). | 3 (D) |
10 | Num. Satellite Timeouts | Number of satellite network retransmissions allowed before issuing a communication break. | 6 (D) |
11 | Number of Blind Timeouts | Maximum number of communication fail timeouts and retransmissions performed when using the blind channel. "Blind" refers to the message being sent across the trunk without knowing what node is on the other end of the trunk. The Comm Fail test uses this blind channel. | 4 (D) |
12 | Number of CB Msg Timeouts | Number of communication break timeouts and retransmissions before declaring a communication break (CB) condition. One successful acknowledgment clears CB. | 2 (D) |
13 | Comm. Fail Interval (ms.) | Minimum time allocated for communication fail testing of all trunks terminating on the current node. | 10,000 (D) |
14 | Comm. Fail Multiplier | Number of Comm. Fail Intervals to skip for good lines. | 3 (D) |
15 | CC Redundancy Configured | Yes indicates a redundant controller card is required to prevent an alarm. | Y |
16 | Stats Memory | The amount of controller memory to allocate to statistics collection. | 132 (D) |
17 | Standby Update Timer | Determines how often to send update messages to standby controller. | 10 (D) |
18 | Stby Updts Per Pass | Number of messages that can be sent to standby NPC for each update interval. | 50 (D) |
19 | Gateway ID Timer | An inter-domain rerouting timer. How often to look for junction nodes for new route. | 30 (D) |
20 | GLCON Alloc Timer | Another inter-domain rerouting timer controlling gateway LCON function. | 30 (D) |
21 | Comm Fail Delay | Number of seconds before starting to detect communication failures after a controller switchover. | 60 (D) |
22 | Nw. Hdlr Timer (msec) | Network handler timer determines how long to wait to send messages to or receive messages from a remote node. | 50 (D) |
23 | SAR CC Transmit Rate | Transmit data rate for BCC traffic to standby BCC (Kbps). | 560 (D) |
24 | SAR High Transmit Rate | Transmit data rate for BCC traffic to other BCC nodes (Kbps). | 280 (D) |
25 | SAR Low Transmit Rate | Transmit data rate for BCC traffic to ICC nodes (Kbps). | 56 (D) |
26 | SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit | The threshold for BCC traffic receive queue congestion that causes cell discards. | 7680 (D) |
27 | SAR VRAM Cell Discard | BCC traffic receive queue discard amount in cells. | 256 (D) |
28 | ASM Card Cnfged | Yes indicates an Alarm/Status Monitor card is required or an alarm will be generated. | Y |
29 | TFTP Grant Delay (sec) | The number of seconds the node waits before resending a TFTP request after a TFTP error has occurred. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 1 |
30 | TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) | The number of seconds the node waits for an acknowledgment of a TFTP request before it declares the request as timed out. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 10 |
31 | TFTP Write Retries | The number of times the node retries a TFTP operation (not just writes) after a failed attempt. This field is display-only: you set the value in Cisco WAN Manager. | 3 |
32 | SNMP Event logging | Enables maintenance logging of global SNMP messages. These SNMP events are not errors but any GET, SET, and so on. Output goes to a printer connected to the node's auxiliary port or a terminal server (accessible via telnet). Without a connected output device, the parameter is meaningless. | y=yes |
33 | Job Lock Timeout | The range is 1-1000 seconds. The default of 0 disables this parameter. | 60 |
34 | Max Via LCONs | The maximum number of "via" connections a via node can support. The default is the maximum for the node and should remain the default under normal operating conditions. | 50000 |
35 | Max Blind Segment Size | The maximum size of each segment of a blind message. (The full message may be longer than the segment, especially in a large network.) A blind message is a message the local node sends to the far end node when you execute addtrk. If the trunk has many errors, smaller message segments increase the possibility of a successful addtrk. Under normal conditions, this parameter should remain the default. | 3570 |
36 | Max XmtMemBlks per NIB | Maximum number of memory blocks available for messages that are awaiting transmission. Under normal conditions, this parameter should remain the default. | 3000 |
37 | Max Mem on Stby Q (%) | Maximum number of update messages that can reside in queues awaiting transmission to the standby processor. This percentage is used to determine when to flush the standby message queue when the percentage is reached. Only rare circumstances could provide a reason to change this parameter, so do not change it without first consulting the TAC. | 5000 |
38 | Stat Config Proc Cnt | Stat Config Proc Cnt is the number of statistics that will be enabled before pausing and allowing other processes to run. The default value of 1000 specifies that 1000 statistics should be enabled. But the count is only checked once for every object, so if the number of objects exceeds the count there will be one statistic enabled for each object. For example, if there are 1000 connections and the default count is set, one statistic will be enabled for each connection before pausing. If there are 2000 connections, one statistic will be enabled for each connection, then the number of statistics enabled (2000) will be compared to the count (1000). Since the number enabled exceeds the count, the enabling of statistics will pause. | 1000 |
39 | Stat Config Proc Delay | Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds (ms) that statistics processing pauses between enabling passes. On a heavily loaded switch, you may increase this number to reduce the load when enabling statistics, but the enabling process takes longer. The total (approximate) amount of time to process a statistics enable request is calculated as shown below:
where num_of_stats is the sum of all statistics for this switch
Using an example of a switch with 1000 connections (10 statistics per connection), three trunks (10 statistics per trunk), 10 ports (10 statistics per port), and the default settings (count = 1000, delay = 2000 msec) yields the following:
| 2000 |
40 | Enable Degraded Mode | Enables or disables the rebuild prevention feature on the node. Enabling this parameter causes a graceful switchover of the active controller card without having to do a rebuild. User connections and user traffic are maintained even when bugs or system overload would cause repeated aborts. Remaining updates are completed as fast as possible without affecting existing connections. If this parameter is disabled and an abort occurs during the update of the standby processor, the node rebuilds. On the BPX, the active/standby/fail lights on the active card flash at the same time indicating the node is in degraded mode. | No (disabled) |
41 | Trk Cell Rtng Restrict | Specifies whether connections can be routed using cell-based trunks only. The Trk Cell Rtng Restrict parameter lets you specify a default for an option to the addcon command; that is, you can specify what the addcon parameter "Trunk cell routing restricted" prompts the user as a default, for example: "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [y]" or "Trunk cell routing restricted? y/n [n]". If "n" is specified, then fast-packet based routing is used. | Yes/No |
42 | Enable Feeder Alert | When degraded mode is entered, this parameter is set to yes, then a message is sent to the MGX 8220 interface shelves to update status of node so that connections will not fail. This parameter works in conjunction with degraded mode parameters (for example, Auto Switch on Degrade). If Enable Feeder Alert is disabled (the default) or, due to network congestion, the messages cannot be exchanged between the hub and the feeder to disable LMI, manual intervention can still be achieved by using the addfdrlp and delfdrlp commands on the BPX. (Note that addfdrlp and delfdrlp commands are service-level commands and can be used only by Cisco personnel.) | [No is default] Yes/No |
43 | Reroute on Comm Failure | Default value is False. If there is communication failure, the node will not send the topology update message to the other nodes. If the value is set to True, the node will send out a line change message and the remote nodes (master/slave) will deroute/condition the connections. You would sometimes use this parameter in conjunction with the Abit Notifications on LMI/ILMI Interface feature (which you enable with the cnfnodeparm SuperUser command). See the Cisco WAN Switch Command Reference for information on the Abit Notifications feature. | True/False |
44 | Auto Switch on Degrade | When degraded mode is entered, the standby card is updated and ready. If the default is enabled (yes) then the card switchover happens automatically. If this parameter is set to yes, when degraded mode is entered, then the standby card is ready, and the card switchover happens automatically. | [Yes is default] Yes/No |
45 | Max Degraded Aborts | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which degraded mode aborts can occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold degraded mode aborts. Another action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. For example, using the default values of 100 for Max Hitless Rebuild Count, and 1000 hours Hitless Counter Reset Time, a maximum of 100 hitless rebuilds can occur within a 1000 hour period before it is determined that degraded mode should be entered. For each hitless rebuild that occurs, if 1000 hours pass without the maximum hitless rebuild count having been exceeded, then that hitless rebuild will have aged beyond the point where it is still considered for thresholding purposes. | 100 is default (range is
|
46 | Max Hitless Rebuild Count | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which hitless rebuilds can occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold hitless rebuilds. Another action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. For example, using the default values of 100 for Max Hitless Rebuild Count, 1000 hours Hitless Counter Reset Time, a maximum of 100 hitless rebuilds can occur within a 1000 hour period before it is determined that degraded mode should be entered. For each hitless rebuild that occurs, if 1000 hours pass without the maximum hitless rebuild count having been exceeded, then that hitless rebuild will have aged beyond the point where it is still considered for thresholding purposes. If the maximum hitless rebuild counts is set to "255" for "infinite," then an unlimited number of hitless rebuilds can occur without the thresholding mechanism triggering a full rebuild or a change to degraded mode. In this case, the configurable hitless counter reset time will be ignored, no full rebuilds will be automatically performed. This allows you to determine when the best time is to manually perform a full rebuild, probably during a period of low traffic. At the other extreme, if the maximum hitless rebuild is set to zero, then no hitless rebuilds will be attempted. This disables the feature. When the configurable parameters Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are reconfigured, then the statistical counters for hitless rebuilds will be reset. The Max Hitless Rebuild Count and Hitless Counter Reset Time are new in Release 9.2, and will be stored in BRAM. | 100 (range is |
47 | Hitless Counter Reset Time | Use this parameter to determine the maximum frequency with which hitless rebuilds may occur before some other action is taken. In other words, they will be used to threshold hitless rebuilds. Some other action could be a full rebuild, or it could be entering degraded mode. The allowable configurable range is shown in the Default column to the right. For example, using the default values of 100 for Max Hitless Rebuild Count, 1000 hours Hitless Counter Reset Time, a maximum of 100 hitless rebuilds may occur within a 1000 hour period before it is determined that degraded mode should be entered. For each hitless rebuild that occurs, if 1000 hours pass without the maximum hitless rebuild count having been exceeded, then that hitless rebuild will have aged beyond the point where it is still considered for thresholding purposes. | 1000 hours (range is 1-1000) |
48 | Send Abit Early | Specifies whether Abit is sent on deroute. The default is set to no initially. If you issue this command again, the prompt then shows the previously provisioned value. Use the Send Abit Early parameter (option 48) to enable or disable the Abit Notifications feature. (The default is "N" which means the Abit Notifications feature is disabled.) If the Send Abit Early parameter is set to N, then the settings for parameter 49 (Abit Timer Multiplier M) and parameter 50 (Abit Timer Granularity N) are ignored and have no effect. After you enable the Send Abit Early parameter by setting it to yes, you can set the Abit Timer Granularity N and Abit Timer Multiplier M parameters. The Send Abit Early parameter works in conjunction with the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. You must set the Send Abit Early parameter to yes to enable it, then you can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. Note that a preRelease 9.1.07 node or Release 9.1.07 node with the Release 9.1.07 cnfnodeparm Send Abit immediately parameter turned off behaves the same way as a Release 9.2 node with the Early Abit Notifications on ILMI/LMI Interface using Configurable Timer feature disabled. A 9.1.07 node with the cnfnodeparm Send Abit immediately parameter turned on behaves the same as a Release 9.2 node with the Send Abit Early (option 48 in cnfnodeparm) set to yes and the Abit Timer Multiplier M (option 49 in cnfnodeparm) set to 0. The different Abit behavior in Release 9.2 is completely local to the node and is applicable to the master and slave ends of connections when the connections are derouted. When only one of the nodes connected by a connection has the Send Abit Early enabled (set to "Y"), the timing in which that the Abit notification feature is sent at one end of the connection may be drastically different from the other end of the connection. Thus, it is recommended that the Send Abit Early parameter be configured the same on all nodes. For more information on the Send Abit Notification on ILMI/LMI using Configurable Timer feature, refer to "Sending Abit Notification on ILMI/LMI Using Configurable Timer" section in the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.2 manual. | [N is default] (Y/N) |
49 | Abit Timer Multiplier M | The Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters are used in conjunction with the Send Abit Early parameter. You must set the Send Abit Early parameter to yes to enable it, then you can set Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters. You can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M option from 0 to 100. The default value is 0. When you execute the cnfnodeparm command, the prompt shows the previously configured value, or the default value if no upgrade or no configuration on these values was done previously. A value "X" is the time to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if the connection is in a derouted state. A connection derouted at a time period between 0 and N will send out Abit = 0 at a time between X and X + N , if the connection continues to be in a derouted state. In cases where there are many Abit status changes to report to the CPE, the last Abit updates may be delayed much longer because Abit updates process about 47 connections per second. To make a compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, Abit Timer Multiplier N can be configured to be from 3 to 255 seconds. The bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X is M * N (Abit Timer Multiplier M * Abit Timer Granularity N values). To compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, N can be configured to be from 3 to 255 seconds; the bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X (M * N) is set such that M can be configured to be from 0 to 100. The default value for N is 3 seconds. The default value for M is 0, meaning Abit = 0 sent out on deroute. It is recommended that the value of X (value of Abit Timer Multiplier M * value of Abit Timer Granularity N) be set such that when a trunk fails, the connections are given sufficient time to reroute successfully, avoiding the need to send out Abit = 0. If the value of X is set to be smaller than the normal time to reroute connections when a trunk fails, the time to complete rerouting them may take longer. This can happen for line cards and feeder trunks that have LMI/ILMI protocol runs on those cards, such as BXM on BPX and Frame Relay cards on IGX. Note that it takes time for those cards to process Abit status information for each connection coming from controller card through CommBus messages. Note that a preRelease 9.1.07 node or a 9.1.07 node with the Send Abit Early parameter turned off behaves the same way as a Release 9.2 node with the Release 9.2 Early Abit Notifications feature disabled. A 9.1.07 node with the Send Abit Early parameter turned on behaves the same way as a Release 9.2 node with the Send Abit Early parameter set to on, and the Abit Timer Multiplier M parameter set to 0. To follow the general Release 9.2 interoperability, it is recommended that the Abit Notifications feature not be used when the standby control processor is in a locked state. | [Default is 0] (D) |
50 | Abit Timer Granularity N | You can set the Abit Timer Granularity N option from 3 to 255 seconds. The default value is 3 seconds. You use the Abit Timer Granularity N and Abit Timer Multiplier M parameters in conjunction with the Send Abit Early parameter to configure the Early Abit Notifications on LMI/ILMI Interface using the Configurable Timer feature in Release 9.2 and beyond. (The Send Abit Early parameter must be enabled before you can set the Abit Timer Multiplier M and Abit Timer Granularity N parameters.) The Early Abit Notifications feature lets the user specify the timer interval to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if a connection fails to reroute and is in the derouted state too long. No precise timer is kept for each connection. Instead, all connections derouted during a certain time period go to the same bucket. This time period is "N", which defines the granularity of the timers, and is specified by the Abit Timer Granularity N parameter. Also, the value "X" is the time to wait before Abit = 0 is sent out if the connection is in a derouted state. A connection that is derouted at a time period between 0 and N will send out Abit = 0 at a time between X and X + N if the connection continues to be in a derouted state. In cases where there are many Abit status changes to report to the CPE, the last Abit updates may be delayed much longer because Abit updates process about 47 connections per second. To compromise between performance and the granularity of timers, you can configure the N value (Abit Timer Granularity N) to be from 3 to 255 seconds. The bigger the value of N, the better the system performance will be. The value of X should be M * N, where M can be configured to be from 0 to 100. The default value for N (specified by the Abit Timer Multiplier N parameter) is 3 seconds. The default value for M is 0, meaning that Abit = 0 is sent out on deroute. It is recommended that the value of X (Abit Timer Multiplier M value * Abit Timer Granularity N value) be set such that when a trunk fails, the connections are given sufficient time to reroute successfully, avoiding the need to send out Abit = 0. | [Default is 3 seconds] |
51 | FBTC with PPD Policing | If you have installed a BXM card with the RCMP (Routing Control Monitoring and Policing) chip, which supports PPD on policing, you may enable this feature by setting this parameter to Y. Older BXM cards do not support PPD on policing. After enabling this parameter, a warning appears: "Warning: Must switchyred or reset PPDPolic BXM line cards after change." Note that these operations are not supported in remote NMS stations. Next you must choose one of two options by entering either Y or N: Y - BXM FBTC on thresholds & PPD policing N - BXM FBTC on thresholds Although it is not recommended to use both an older BXM card and a BXM card that supports PPD on policing on a y-redundant pair, you can do so. The severity of the feature mismatch is minor because FBTC can still function based on the CLP thresholds on the BXM card that does not support PPD on policing. This parameter is a one-time installation task; it should not be frequently changed. | [N is default] (Y/N) |
* Enter value in either decimal (D) or hexadecimal (H).
|
sw45 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:25 PDT
1 Update Initial Delay [ 5000] (D) 16 Stats Memory (x 10KB) [ 61] (D)
2 Update Per-Node Delay [30000] (D) 17 Standby Update Timer [ 10] (D)
3 Comm-Break Test Delay [30000] (D) 18 Stby Updts Per Pass [ 50] (D)
4 Comm-Break Test Offset [ 10] (D) 19 Gateway ID Timer [ 30] (D)
5 Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D) 20 GLCON Alloc Timer [ 30] (D)
6 Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D) 21 Comm Fail Delay [ 60] (D)
7 NW Sliding Window Size [ 1] (D) 22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) [ 50] (D)
8 Num Normal Timeouts [ 7] (D) 23 SAR CC Transmit Rate [ 560] (D)
9 Num Inter-p Timeouts [ 3] (D) 24 SAR High Transmit Rate [ 280] (D)
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [ 6] (D) 25 SAR Low Transmit Rate [ 56] (D)
11 Num Blind Timeouts [ 4] (D) 26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D)
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts [ 5] (D) 27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard [ 256] (D)
13 Comm Fail Interval [10000] (D) 28 ASM Card Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N)
14 Comm Fail Multiplier [ 3] (D) 29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [ 1] (D)
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged [ N] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [ 10] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Continue? y
sw45 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:26 PDT
31 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D)
32 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N)
33 Job Lock Timeout [ 60] (D)
34 Max Via LCONs [50000] (D)
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)
37 Max Stby Update Q Sz [ 5000] (D)
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt [ 1000] (D)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)
40 Enable Degraded Mode [N] (Y/N)
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [N] (Y/N)
42 Enable Feeder Alert [N] (Y/N)
43 Reroute on Comm Fail [N] (Y/N)
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [Y] (Y/N)
45 Max Degraded Aborts [100] (D)
46 Max Htls Rebuilt Count [100] (D)
47 Htls Counter Reset Time [1000] (D)
48 Send Abit Early [Y] (Y/N)
49 Abit Timer Multiplier M [2] (D)
50 Abit Timer Granularity M [3] (0)
51 FBTC with PPD Policing [ N] (Y/N)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Enter parameter index:
sazu TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 Apr. 18 1999 11:11 GMT
31 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D)
32 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N)
33 Job Lock Timeout [ 60] (D)
34 Max Via LCONs [50000] (D)
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)
37 Max Stby Update Q Sz [ 5000] (D)
38 Reroute on Comm Fail [ Y] (Y/N)
Last Command: cnfnodeparm 38 Y
Next Command:
Minor Alarm
The cnfnwip command configures an IP address and subnet mask for the node.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
<IPAddr> | IP address of the node: the format is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where nnn can be 1-255 |
<IPSubnetMask> | subnet mask: the format is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn |
An example of this command is:
The network IP address and subnet mask support statistics collection for Cisco WAN Manager. The cnfnwip command defines the IP address the system uses to pass messages between Cisco WAN Manager and the node. The Statistics Master process in Cisco WAN Manager Network collects statistics. The Statistics Manager requests and receives statistics using TFTP Get and Put messages. These TFTP messages pass between the node and the Statistics Master using IP Relay. (See the cnfstatmast description for details on setting the Statistics Master address.) For an example of the cnfnwip command, refer to the screen in Figure 1-32.
axiom TN Bootzilla IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 5 19981998 18:25 GMT
Active Network IP Address: 169.134.90.106
Active Network IP Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Last Command: cnfnwip 169.134.90.106 255.255.255.0
Next Command:
The cnfphyslnstats command configures parameters for circuit line statistics collection. This is a debug command that applies to physical lines on a UXM that is using Inverse Multiplexing Over ATM (IMA)a logical trunk configuration.
In Release 9.2, for virtual trunking, physical line statistics apply to each physical port. In the case of IMA trunks, the physical line statistics are tallied separately for each T1 port.
IMA physical line alarms are a special case. Each IMA trunk port has a configurable number of retained links. If the number of non-alarmed lines is less than the number of retained links, the logical trunks on the IMA trunk port are placed into major alarm.
For example, consider there are IMA virtual trunks 4.5-8.2 and 4.5-8.7. Further, the number of retained links on 4.5-8 has been configured to 2. If 4.5 and 4.6 go into LOS (loss of signal), physical line alarms are generated for these two physical lines. The logical trunks 4.5-8.2 do not go into alarm because the two retained links are still healthy. In this situation, the bandwidth on the logical trunks is adjusted downward to prevent cell drops, and the connections on those trunks are rerouted. If a third line goes into alarm, the logical trunks are then failed.
The cnfphyslnstats command lets you configure the following additional physical line statistics (which support the ATM Forum compliant IMA protocol). A description of these statistics follows in Table 1-30.
Statistics |
---|
IMA Violations |
Near End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA) |
Far End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA-FE) |
Near End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA) |
Far End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA-FE) |
Near End Tx Unusable Seconds (Tx-UUS-IMA) |
Near End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA) |
Far End Tx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE) |
Far End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE) |
Near End Tx No. of Failures (Tx-FC) |
Near End Rx No. of Failures (Rx-FC) |
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspphyslnstats, dspphyslnstathist
<port> | Specifies the port with the physical line to configure. |
<line> | Specifies the physical line to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2, or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables/disables the collection of ten second peaks. 'Y' to enable; 'N' disable. |
This command configures physical line statistics on a UXM card. The cnfphyslnstats command lets you customize statistics collection on each physical line. It primarily applies to debugging and not standard network operation. To see the statistics available for each type of interface, refer to the actual screens for each interface, as in the subsequent illustrations. Figure 1-33, Figure 1-34, Figure 1-35, Figure 1-36, and Figure 1-37 show the available statistics for OC-3/STM1, T3, E3, T1, and E1, respectively.
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:11 PST
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 197) Section BIP8
3) Out of Frames 198) Line BIP24
4) Losses of Signal 199) Line FEBE
5) Frames Bit Errors 200) Path BIP8
6) CRC Errors 201) Path FEBE
62) Total Cells Tx to line 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
69) Total Cells Rx from line 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC-3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC-3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
Last Command: cnfphyslnstats 6.2
Continue? y
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:11 PST
Line Statistic Types
210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
213) Line Unavailable Secs.
214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
215) Path Unavailable Secs.
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 6.2
sw224 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 16:19 GMT
Line Statistic Types
3) Out of Frames 40) Unavail. Seconds
4) Loss of Signal 41) BIP-8 Errors
6) CRC Errors 42) BIP-8 Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violation 43) BIP-8 Severely Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sev. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 98) PLCP OOF counts
33) Errored Seconds - Parity 141) FEBE Counts
34) Severely Err Secs - Parity 144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs.
35) Path Parity Errors 152) PLCP YEL Counts
36) Errored Secs - Path
37) Severely Err Secs - Path
38) Severely Err Frame Secs
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 8.1
Statistic Type:
sw224 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 16:19 GMT
Line Statistic Types
3) Out of Frames 40) Unavail. Seconds
4) Loss of Signal 41) BIP-8 Errors
6) CRC Errors 42) BIP-8 Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violation 43) BIP-8 Severely Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sev. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 98) PLCP OOF counts
33) Errored Seconds - Parity 144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs.
34) Severely Err Secs - Parity 152) PLCP YEL Counts
38) Severely Err Frame Secs
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 10.1
sb-reef TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:17 PDT
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 197) Section BIP8
3) Out of Frames 198) Line BIP24
4) Losses of Signal 199) Line FEBE
5) Frames Bit Errors 200) Path BIP8
6) CRC Errors 201) Path FEBE
62) Total Cells Tx to line 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
69) Total Cells Rx from line 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC-3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC-3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
Last Command: cnfphyslnstats 10.1
Continue? y
sb-reef TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:17 PDT
Line Statistic Types
210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
213) Line Unavailable Secs.
214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
215) Path Unavailable Secs.
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 10.1
Statistic Type:
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:07 PST
Line Statistic Types
3) Out of Frames 198) Line BIP24
4) Losses of Signal 199) Line FEBE
5) Frames Bit Errors 200) Path BIP8
6) CRC Errors 201) Path FEBE
62) Total Cells Tx to line 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
69) Total Cells Rx from line 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC-3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC-3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
197) Section BIP8 210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 11.4
Continue? y
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:07 PST
Line Statistic Types
211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
213) Line Unavailable Secs.
214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
215) Path Unavailable Secs.
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
This Command: cnfphyslnstats 11.4
The cnfportstats command configures parameters for ports.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
cnfportstats <port> <stat> <interval> <e|d> [<samples> <size> <peaks>]
<port> | Specifies the port to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | Enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2 or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables the collection of one minute peaks. 'Y' to enable; 'N' to disable. |
The cnfportstats command configures port statistics. The primary purpose of this command is debugging. Table 1-31 lists the configurable statistics for a Frame Relay port. For port statistics in general, refer to the actual cnfportstats screens on a node. Not all statistic types are applied to all ports. To see the statistics for Frame Relay, UXM, and ASI-155 ports, refer to Figure 1-38, Figure 1-39, and Figure 1-40, respectively.
In Figure 1-38, for example, the screen shows that the selected statistic is 33the number of transmitted bytes while the ingress LMI is showing a failed condition. After the port number and statistic number (33) on the command line, the remaining parameters are the interval, enable for this statistic, number of samples, and so on.
Type | Statistic |
---|---|
1-4 | Total frames and bytes transmitted and received. |
5-6 | Frames transmitted with FECN and BECN set. |
7-10 | Frames received with problems: CRC errors, invalid format, frame alignment errors, wrong length frames. |
11 | Number of direct memory access (DMA) overruns on a Frame Relay port that are probably due to excessive user-data input. |
12-17 | LMI counts on UNI ports. These include status inquiries, status transmit and update requests, invalid inquiries, and LMI link timeouts. |
18 | Frames received with DLCIs in error. |
19 | Frames dropped with DE bit set. |
20-24 | LMI counts on NNI ports: status inquiries, status receive and update requests, LMI link timeouts, keepalive sequence errors. |
25-26 | Frame and byte count totals for Consolidated Link Layer Message (CLLM) frames that transmit Optimized Bandwidth Management messages. |
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 5 1998 17:21 GMT
Port Statistic Types
1) Frames Received 14) LMI UNI Status Update Count
2) Frames Transmitted 15) LMI Invalid Status Enquiries
3) Bytes Received 16) LMI UNI Link Timeout Errors
4) Bytes Transmitted 17) LMI UNI Keepalive Sequence Errors
5) Frames Transmitted with FECN 18) Receive Frames Undefined DLCI Count
6) Frames Transmitted with BECN 19) DE Frames Dropped
7) Receive Frame CRC Errors 20) LMI NNI Status Enquiries
8) Invalid Format Receive Frames 21) LMI NNI Status Receive Count
9) Receive Frame Alignment Errors 22) LMI NNI Status Update Count
10) Illegal Length Receive Frames 23) LMI NNI Link Timeout Errors
11) Number of DMA Overruns 24) LMI NNI Keepalive Sequence Errors
12) LMI UNI Status Enquiries 25) CLLM Frames Transmitted
13) LMI UNI Status Transmit Count 26) CLLM Bytes Transmitted
This Command: cnfportstats 3.1
Continue?
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 5 1998 17:24 GMT
Port Statistic Types
27) CLLM Frames Received
28) CLLM Bytes Received
29) CLLM Failures
30) Tx Frames Discarded - Queue Overflow
31) Tx Bytes Discarded - Queue Overflow
32) Tx Frames while Ingress LMI Failure
33) Tx Bytes while Ingress LMI Failure
Last Command: cnfportstats 3.1 33 2 e 2 4 y
Next Command:
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:12 GMT
Port Statistic Types
34) PORT: Unknown VPI/VCI count 47) VI: Cells received
35) VI: Cells received w/CLP=1 55) ILMI: Get Request PDUs rcvd
36) VI: OAM cells received 56) ILMI: Get Next Request PDUS rcvd
37) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=1 57) ILMI: Get Next Request PDUS xmt
38) PORT: Last unknown VPI/VCI pair 58) ILMI: Set Request PDUs rcvd
39) VI: Cells received w/CLP=0 59) ILMI: Trap PDUs rcvd
40) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 60) ILMI: Get Response PDUs rcvd
41) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 61) ILMI: Get Request PDUs xmt
42) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=0 62) ILMI: Get Response PDUs xmt
43) VI: OAM cells transmitted 63) ILMI: Set Request PDUs xmt
44) VI: RM cells received 64) ILMI: Trap PDUs xmt
45) VI: RM cells transmitted 65) ILMI: Unknown ILMI PDUs rcvd
46) VI: Cells transmitted 66) LMI: Status messages xmt
This Command: cnfportstats 5.1
Continue? y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:12 GMT
Port Statistic Types
67) LMI: Update Status msgs xmt
68) LMI: Status Acknowledge msgs xmt
69) LMI: Status Enquiry msgs rcvd
70) LMI: Status Enquiry msgs xmt
71) LMI: Status msgs rcvd
72) LMI: Update Status msgs rcvd
73) LMI: Status Acknowledge msgs rcvd
74) LMI: Invalid LMI PDUs rcvd
75) LMI: Invalid LMI PDU length rcvd
76) LMI: Unknown LMI PDUs rcvd
77) LMI: Invalid LMI IE rcvd
78) LMI: Invalid Transaction IDs
This Command: cnfportstats 5.1
Statistic Type:
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 11:18 GMT
Port Statistic Types
1) Unknown VPI/VCI count 13) OAM cells received count
2) Cell buff overflow (ingress) 14) Tx payload err cnt due to BIP-16 err
3) Non-zero GFC count 15) Number of cells xmitted w/CLP set
4) ISU discard count 16) Number of cells xmitted w/EFCI set
5) ISU free list empty count 17) Tx header err discard
6) Receive AIS cell count 18) Get Request PDUs received
7) Receive FERF cell count 19) Get Next Request PDUS received
8) Number of cells received 20) Get Next Request PDUS transmitted
9) Number of cells rcvd w/CLP set 21) Set Request PDUs received
10) Number of cells rcvd w/EFCI set 22) Trap PDUs received
11) Number of BCM cells rcvd 23) Get Response PDUs received
12) Number of cells xmitted 24) Get Request PDUs transmitted
This Command: cnfportstats 10.1
Continue? y
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 11:19 GMT
Port Statistic Types
25) Get Response PDUs transmitted 37) Invalid LMI PDU length received
26) Trap PDUs transmitted 38) Unknown LMI PDUs received
27) Unknown ILMI PDUs Received 39) Invalid LMI IE received
28) Status messages transmitted 40) Invalid Transaction IDs
29) Update Status messages transmitted 41) Number of cells rcvd w/clp 0
30) Status Acknowledge messages transmit42) Number of cells dscd w/clp 0
31) Status Enquiry messages received 43) Number of cells dscd w/clp set
32) Status Enquiry messages transmitted 44) Number of cells tx w/clp 0
33) Status messages received 45) Tx OAM cell count
34) Update Status messages received 46) Rx RM cell count
35) Status Acknowledge messages received47) Tx RM cell count
36) Invalid LMI PDUs received received 48) Last unknown VPI/VCI pair
This Command: cnfportstats 10.1
Statistic Type:
The cnfrobparm command sets parameters associated with the Robust Alarms feature.
In Release 9.2, there are robust alarms for certain alarm conditions that appear in the maintenance log or in the node user interface but are not also reported as SNMP traps to the customer NMS. (Such traps are generated by the Cisco WAN Manager RTM proxy upon receiving Robust Alarms from a switch.) Robust Alarm messages are generated by the following alarm conditions:
In Release 9.2, the BPX generates power supply, temperature and fan alarms as is currently done for the IGX.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
<index> | Specifies the parameter to configure. |
<value> | Specifies new value to be entered for the parameter. |
This command sets Robust Alarms parameters. Robust Alarms is a protocol for node-to-Network Management System (NMS) communications. When a node has statistics or alarm information for the NMS, it requires a confirmation from the NMS that the database has been updated. Table 1-32 lists the parameters. Figure 1-41 illustrates the command.
No. | Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Robust State wakeup timer | The Robust State machine becomes active after the specified time period has elapsed. If this timer value increases, the state machine operates less often and places less load on the controller card. Units of measure are seconds. | 10 seconds |
2 | Robust update timer | Once a message has gone to the NMS, another message does not go until this timer expires. Units of measure are seconds. | 10 seconds |
3 | Robust acknowledgment timeout | An acknowledgment must be returned by the NMS within this time period or it is assumed the communications link is down. Units of measure are seconds. | 600 seconds |
4 | Robust acknowledgment reset timeout | After a downed link has been repaired, the next message goes out after this time period has elapsed. The purpose of this time period is to let the link settle after the repair. Units of measure are seconds. | 60 seconds |
a34 TRM SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 15:02 PDT
Robust Parameters
1 Robust State wakeup timer (sec) .................................. 10
2 Robust update timer (sec) ........................................ 10
3 Robust acknowledge timeout (sec) .................................600
4 Robust acknowledge reset timeout (sec) ...........................60
This Command: cnfrobparm
Which parameter do you wish to change:
The cnfslotstats command configures the statistics for a card slot.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX
dspsloterrs
<port> | Specifies the port to configure. |
<stat> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | Enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | Specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | Specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2 or 4). |
[peaks] | Enables the collection of one minute peaks. 'Y' to enable; 'N' to disable. |
This command sets the collection interval for each of the BPX node slot statistics. The default is for no statistics to be collected. The collection interval range is 1 minute-255 minutes (4 1/4 hours).
Table 1-33 lists the statistics associated with each slot in the BPX node. Figure 1-42 illustrates the command screen. This command is primarily a troubleshooting tool for use when hardware errors are experienced that may not be detected by the individual care self-test routines. An associated display command (dspsloterrs) is available for all users.
Error | Description |
---|---|
Standby Bus Errors | Indicates a background test over the standby bus produced an error. |
Rx Invalid Port Errors | Indicates port number was out of the range 1-3. |
Polling Bus A Errors | Parity error occurred on this polling bus. |
Polling Bus B Errors | Parity error occurred on this polling bus. |
Bad Grant Errors | Error indicates arbiter did not issue a grant to send data before a timeout. |
Tx BIP-16 Errors | Data frame transmitted had a checksum error. |
Rx BIP-16 Errors | Data frame received with a checksum error. |
Bframe parity errors | Errors detected in the BPX frame on the StrataBus or in a memory operation. |
SIU Phase Errors | Serial Interface Unit on the card did not detect the frame synch properly. |
Rx FIFO Sync Errors | First-In-First-Out buffer synchronization errors. |
Poll Clk Errors | Polling clock errors. |
CK 192 Errors | Clock 192 errors. |
Monarch Specific Errors | Errors that occur on only the BXM. |
You must enter the statistic type (1-9) to set the collection interval. When you enter the command, the system responds with the following prompt:
Collection Interval (1-255 minutes): __
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 15:42 PST
Card Statistics Types
1) Standby PRBS Errors
2) Rx Invalid Port Errs
3) PollA Parity Errors
4) PollB Parity Errors
5) Bad Grant Errors
6) Tx Bip 16 Errors
7) Rx Bip 16 Errors
8) Bframe parity Errors
9) SIU phase Errors
10) Rx FIFO Sync Errors
11) Poll Clk Errors
12) CK 192 Errors
13) Monarch Specific Errors
This Command: cnfslotstats 8
The cnftcpparm command configures the TCP parameter.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptcpparm
<network ip throttle> | Specifies the number of times that the BCC card polls the LAN for attention requests. |
This command specifies the number of times per second that the BCC checks the IP addressees for attention requests. Figure 1-43 illustrates the system response when you enter cnftcpparm.
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 15:46 PST
NWIP Bandwidth Throttle (Kbytes/sec): 32
This Command: cnftcpparm
Enter NWIP Bandwidth Throttle (Kbytes/sec):
Configures port functions for the IGX or BPX control and auxiliary ports. The IGX nodes support two EIA/TIA-232 asynchronous serial ports on the SCC and SCM, respectively. The BPX node supports two EIA/TIA-232 asynchronous serial ports on the BCC. In all cases, the top port is the CONTROL TERMINAL port, and the lower port is the AUX PORT. The CONTROL TERMINAL port can connect to a control terminal, Cisco WAN Manager, a direct dial-in modem, or any external EIA/TIA-232 device. The AUX PORT can connect to a printer, an auto-dial modem to call a control center, or an external EIA/TIA-232 device.
The interface specified for the port must match the equipment physically attached to the port. The baud rate and other data transmission parameters for the port are set with the cnfterm command. If either port is configured as an external device window, enter the window command to begin a session with the external device.
If the auxiliary port is configured as an autodial modem, designate a "network ID" and a "phone number." Configuring the auxiliary port for an autodial modem enables the following to occur: When a change in alarm status happens anywhere in the network, the autodial modem attached to the auxiliary port dials the specified "phone number." If the call goes to the TAC, the alarm is logged under the specified "network ID." With this log, Cisco engineers are automatically notified of any problems that occur in the network.
Configure terminal port functions
cnfterm, cnfprt, dsptermfunc
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Lock |
1-6 | No | Yes | IPX, IGX | Yes |
cnftermfunc
Configure an IGX or BPX node control or auxiliary port.
Without an argument on the command line, the switch displays a list of parameters. Figure 1-44 shows the screen on an IGX 8420 switch.
TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:46 GMT
Control port Auxiliary port
1. VT100/StrataView 1. Okidata 182 Printer
2. VT100 2. Okidata 182 Printer with LOG
3. External Device Window 3. VT100
4. Alarm Message Collector
5. External Device Window
6. Autodial Modem
This Command: cnftermfunc
Select Control port (c) or Auxiliary port (a)
Configure an auxiliary port. The port configuration screen appears with "Autodial Modem" highlighted to indicate that this interface has been chosen for the auxiliary port. When an alarm occurs on the network, the modem dials 18007674479 to reach the TAC. The alarm is logged on a Cisco computer under the name "Intrepid."
Table 1-34 shows the parameters of the cnftermfunc command. Table 1-35 shows the index parameters of the cnftermfunc command, while Table 1-36 shows the optional parameters of the cnftermfunc command.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
a | Specifies that the auxiliary port will be configured. |
c | Specifies that the control port will be configured. |
Index | Description |
---|---|
Control port | 1. VT100/Cisco WAN Manager 2. VT100 3. External device window |
Auxiliary port | 1. Okidata 184 printer 2. Okidata 184 printer with LOG 3. VT100 4. Alarm Message Collector 5. External Device Window 6. Autodial Modem |
Optional | Description |
---|---|
escape string | Specifies a string of 1 to 8 characters used to terminate a session with an external device. This parameter is valid only for "External Device Window" interfaces. The default escape string is "quit." |
network id | Specifies a string of 1-12 characters used to identify the network during an autodial connection to the TAC. This parameter is valid only for "Autodial Modem" interfaces. Any alarm status change in the network is automatically logged at Cisco by using this network ID. Contact TAC for the ID to use. |
dial string | Specifies the telephone number to be dialed when the network is reporting alarm status changes via the autodial modem. This parameter is valid only for "Autodial Modem" interfaces. The "phone number" can be up to 16 characters long and normally consists of digits and commas only. A comma is used to indicate that the autodial modem should pause two seconds before continuing to dial. For example, the number "9,4083700736" would cause the modem to dial a "9," pause two seconds, then dial the remaining digits. Contact Cisco TAC for the number. |
The cnftlparm command configures the trunk based loading (TBL) parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfcmparm
Table 1-37 describes the parameters of the cnftlparm command.
No. | Index | Description | Range | Default |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Enable | Enables or disables automatic TBL update messages. Do not disable unless you first contact the TAC. | Yes/No | Yes |
2 | Normal Interval | Specifies the time interval between checks to determine if the node should send out a TBL update signaling a non-critical change in the trunk load. | 0-65000 (times | 150 |
3 | Fast Interval | Specifies the time interval between checks to determine if the node should send out a TBL update signaling a critical change in the trunk load. | 0-65000 (times | 50 |
4 | Low Threshold | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 50 |
5 | High Threshold | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 90 |
6 | Min. Percent Chg, Mid 1 | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 10 |
7 | Min. Percent Chg, Mid 2 | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 6 |
8 | Min. Percent Chg, Mid 3 | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 3 |
9 | Min. Percent Chg, Upper | Algorithm parameters for complex update algorithm. | 1-100% | 2 |
10 | Background Updt Count | Specifies a periodic update. 0=update disabled. If Background Updt Count is greater than 0, switch software multiplies it by the value you specify for Normal Interval. | 0-1000% | 0 |
11 | Update Algorithm | Selects the update algorithm. 0=default. 1=complex update algorithm. | 0 or 1 | 0 |
The cnftlparm command lets you control the rate of update messages in conjunction with trunk-based loading. For descriptions of the trunk-based loading parameters, see Table 1-32.
Figure 1-45 shows the output of the cnftlparm command.
sw66 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 22:31 GMT
1 Enable [ Yes]
2 Normal Interval [ 150] (100msecs)
3 Fast Interval [ 50] (100msecs)
4 Low Threshold [ 50] (D)
5 High Threshold [ 90] (D)
6 Min Percent Chg, Mid 1 [ 10] (D)
7 Min Percent Chg, Mid 2 [ 6] (D)
8 Min Percent Chg, Mid 3 [ 3] (D)
9 Min Percent Chg, Upper [ 2] (D)
10 Background Updt Count [ 0] (D)
11 Update Algorithm [ 0] (D)
This Command: cnftlparm
Enter parameter index:
You can enable the Traffic Generation Test with the cnftrafficgen command and requires super user level permissions. The cnftrafficgen command interacts with the firmware, indicating that the functionality is to be turned on or off.
The cnftrafficgen command takes as input the following values:
The Traffic Generation Test completes when the requested number of frames or cells has been transmitted, or when the test is explicitly disabled for the PVC. It will not remain enabled indefinitely like the OAM Loopback Test.
The Traffic Generation test does not directly log alarms. It is assumed that alarms have been reported before you decide to run this intrusive test. You can view the status of the Traffic Generation test by using the dsptrafficgen command on the node.
For traffic generation, switch software sends a "Transmit Frame/Generate Traffic Command" to the card with parameters for PVC address, enable, type of pattern to use, and traffic generation direction. For Release 9.2, both the switch software and firmware only support "network" direction for the traffic generation direction. The card then takes care of generating the traffic and continues until all frames/cells are sent or are disabled. When a card receives a disable message, it stops any traffic generation currently running. There is a dsptrafficgen command that lets you view the status of traffic generation, which gives you information such as the PVC, and if it is enabled or not.
Configure traffic generation test
cnftrafficgen <address> <E/D> <number of frames/cells> <pattern type> <N>
cnfoamlpbk, dspoamlpbk, dsptrafficgen, dspcons
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Lock |
SuperUser | Yes | Yes | IPX, IGX | Yes |
Enable the Traffic Generation test feature on a specified PVC on a specified card.
sw99 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2.10 Aug. 27 1998 08:59 GMT
generating supported
slot traffic in fw Channel
---- ----- ------ -------
2 Yes Yes 2.2.6.18
Last Command: cnftrafficgen 2
Next Command:
cnftrafficgen 2
Enable the Traffic Generation test on the PVC with address of XX, transmit number of XX cells, send pattern type of XX, send traffic in the direction of N (for network).
Table 1-38 describes the parameters of the cnftrafficgen command.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
address | Address of PVC that you want to configure the Traffic Generation test for. |
e/d | Enable or disable the Traffic Generation test on the specified PVC. |
number of frames/cells | Number of frames/cells to transmit. |
pattern type | Type of byte pattern to send. |
N | Direction to generate traffic. In Release 9.2, only 'N' option for Network is supported. |
Use the cnftrkparm command to set specified trunk parameters for the following front cards:
Use the cnftrkparm command to optimize a network for particular traffic mixes. Use this command to configure any of the trunk-specific parameters associated with a trunk card. It applies to either a FastPacket trunk or an ATM trunk. For ATM trunks, cnftrkparm applies to both physical and virtual trunks. Spacer queues indicated for the CLP and FECN thresholds pertain to BTM cards in an IGX node.
You can also use this command to reconfigure trunk queue depths to meet the CEPT requirement for a maximum end-to-end delay of 10 milliseconds. For this purpose, enter the following:
where: trunk number specifies the trunk.
parameter index is 2 (which corresponds to the NTS queue).
parameter value is 7 (which is the maximum allowable queue depth).
When the system receives this command and a trunk number, it displays the configurable parameters with an index number for each. The parameters vary with the trunk type, as the subsequent tables and figures show. Table 1-39, Table 1-40, and Table 1-41 list the parameters for trunks carrying FastPackets and ATM cells on different platforms as well as virtual trunks. Figure 1-46, Figure 1-47, Figure 1-48, and Figure 1-49 show the response when you specify a FastPacket line or trunk on a variety of platforms. A table follows one or two screen examples.
BXM and UXM virtual trunks have all the configuration parameters for queues as physical trunks.
The integrated alarm thresholds for major alarms and the gateway efficiency factor is the same for all virtual trunks on the port. Note that BNI VTs are supported by a single queue and do not support configuration of all the OptiClass queues on a single virtual trunk.
Qbin values on both ports and trunks used by rt-VBR connections and nrt-VBR connections can be configured separately. (To configure Qbin values on ports, use cnfportq.)
A rt-VBR connection uses the rt-VBR queue on a trunk. It shares this queue with voice traffic. The rt-VBR and voice traffic shares the default or user configured parameters for the rt-VBR queue. These parameters are queue depth, queue CLP high and CLP low thresholds, EFCI threshold, and queue priority.
A nrt-VBR connection uses the nrt-VBR queue on a trunk. The configurable parameters are queue depth, queue CLP high and CLP low thresholds, EFCI threshold, and queue priority.
See Figure 1-52 for a sample cnftrkparm screen and the parameters that can be configured for the various service type queues.
For information on configuring port queues used by rt-VBR and nrt-VBR connections, see the cnfportq command.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptrkstathist, dsptrkstatcnf
<trk number> | Specifies the trunk to configure (can be a virtual trunk specified with following format: slot.port.vtrk. |
<parm index> | Specifies the parameter to change. |
<parm value> | Specifies the value of the parameter. |
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 23 1998 15:58 PST
PLN 13 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 600/ 600] 18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 15000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ N/A] 19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ 20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ N/A] 20 Tx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ 30]
4 Gateway Efficiency (D) [ N/A]
5 EFCN - Rx Space (D) [ N/A] Tx Age Step2 (D) Tx Age Step (D)
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 21 BDataA [ 128] 23 BDataA [ 128]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 22 BDataB [ 128] 24 BDataB [ 128]
Rx High CLP (%) Rx Low CLP (%) Tx High CLP (%) Tx Low CLP (%)
8 BDataA [ N/A] 10 BDataA [ N/A] 25 BDataA [ 100] 27 BDataA [ 100]
9 BDataB [ N/A] 11 BdataB [ N/A] 26 BDataB [ 75] 28 BDataB [ 25]
Receive Queue Depth (D) Transmit Queue Depth (D)
12 rt-VBR [ N/A] 15 BDataA [ N/A] 29 rt-VBR [ 22] 32 BDataA [ 301]
13 Non TS [ N/A] 16 BDataB [ N/A] 30 Non TS [ 114] 33 BDataB [ 301]
14 TS [ N/A] 17 HighPri[ N/A] 31 TS [2616] 34 HighPri[ 100]
Last Command: cnftrkparm 13
Next Command:
Index | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1, 18 | Yel/Red Alarm In/Out | Specifies a time period relating to when a trunk goes into a red or yellow alarm and after it comes out of the alarm state. The applicable type of alarm here stems from a physical line problem rather than from a statistical error. The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the switch from rerouting the connections after a very brief problem or from prematurely informing switch software that the trunk is back in service (after a failure). The implementation is
|
2, 19 | Rx/Tx Max. Age: - rt-VBR | Specifies a multiplier for 125-microsecond increments for the maximum age of rt-VBR (or voice) packets. For example, with the default of 20, the node discards rt-VBR (or voice) packets older than 2.5 seconds. |
3, 20 | Rx/Tx EFCN - BdataB | For packets or cells received from the trunk carrying Optimized Bandwidth Management Frame Relay, the node sets the FECN bit above this threshold. |
4 | Gateway Efficiency | Specifies an expected average number of FastPackets in each cell arriving from a trunk. The purpose of this parameter is to help switch software regulate bandwidth usage the cellbus in an IGX node. The range is 1.0-3.0. (This parameter does not apply to the BXM card.) |
5 | EFCN - Rx Space | Same as 3, 20 except that FECN - Rx Space sets the threshold in the Rx space queues in the AIT or BTM card. Rx space queues face towards the IGX node. |
6, 7 | Low-High CLP-Rx Space | Same as 8, 9 except this threshold is for setting CLP in receive spacer queues for data to send to the local node. |
8, 9 | Rx High CLP | Frame relay cells/packets received from trunk with CLP bit set above this high threshold will be dropped and will continue to be dropped until the low threshold is crossed. Separate queues for Optimized Bandwidth Management and non-Optimized Bandwidth Management data. Given in terms of % of queue depth. |
10, 11 | Rx Low CLP | Same as for 8, 9 except sets low threshold. |
12-17 | Receive Queue Depth (rt-VBR, NTS, TS, BData A, BData B, High Pri.) | Reserves RAM in the trunk card for each of the receive queues in terms of the number of packets. |
25, 26 | Tx High CLP | Same as 8, 9 except this is threshold for setting CLP in transmit queues for data to be output to the next link. |
27, 28 | Tx Low CLP | Same as for 25, 26 except sets low threshold. |
29-34 | Transmit Queue Depth | Reserves RAM in the trunk card for each of the transmit queues in terms of the number of packets. |
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 July 15 1998 09:37 GMT
TRK 1.1 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR [ 242] (Dec) 15 Q Depth - CBR [ 600] (Dec)
2 Q Depth - Non-TS [ 360] (Dec) 16 Q Depth - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)
3 Q Depth - TS [ 1000] (Dec) 17 Q Depth - ABR [ 9070] (Dec)
4 Q Depth - BData A [ 1000] (Dec) 18 Low CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
5 Q Depth - BData B [ 8000] (Dec) 19 High CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
6 Q Depth - High Pri [ 1000] (Dec) 20 Low CLP - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
7 Max Age - rt-VBR [ 20] (Dec) 21 High CLP - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 15000] 22 Low CLP - ABR [ 25] (%)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 15000] 23 High CLP - ABR [ 75] (%)
10 Low CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 24 EFCN - ABR [ 30] (Dec)
11 High CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 25 SVC Queue Pool Size [ 144] (Dec)
12 Low CLP - BData B [ 25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B [ 75] (%)
14 EFCN - BData B [ 30] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 1.1
Which parameter do you wish to change:
sw97 TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2 Apr. 30 1998 13:14 GMT
TRK 13.1 Parameters
Trunk Type: NNI
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR [ 3000] (Dec) 15 Q Depth - CBR [ 1200] (Dec)
2 Q Depth - Non-TS [ 3000] (Dec) 16 Q Depth - rt-VBR [ 10000] (Dec)
3 Q Depth - TS [ 1000] (Dec) 17 Q Depth - ABR [ 30000] (Dec)
4 Q Depth - BData A [ 20000] (Dec) 18 Low CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
5 Q Depth - BData B [ 20000] (Dec) 19 High CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
6 Q Depth - High Pri [ 1000] (Dec) 20 Low CLP - rtVBR [ 100] (%)
7 Max Age - rt-VBR [ 20] (Dec) 21 High CLP - rt-VBR [ 100] (%)
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 15000] 22 Low CLP - ABR [ 25] (%)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 15000] 23 High CLP - ABR [ 75] (%)
10 Low CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 24 EFCN - ABR [ 30] (Dec)
11 High CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 25 SVC Queue Pool Size [ 144] (Dec)
12 Low CLP - BData B [ 25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B [ 75] (%)
14 EFCN - BData B [ 30] (Dec)
Last Command: cnftrkparm 13.1
Next Command:
Index | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1 | Q Depth - rt-VBR | Specifies the queue depth in cells for rt-VBR and voice traffic. This parameter relates to item 7, Max Age - rt-VBR: if you increase the value for Max Age - rt-VBR, the node increases the size of the rt-VBR (or voice) Packet Queue because more voice packets can accumulate due to a greater age. In Release 9.2, for BXM trunks, the rt-VBR and voice service types share the same queue (the rt-VBR queue). Similarly, for BXM trunks, rt-VBR and voice traffic share the default or user-configured voice Qbin values. |
2 | Q Depth - Non-TS | Specifies the queue depth in cells for non-time-stamped traffic. |
3 | Q Depth - TS | Specifies the queue depth in cells for time-stamped traffic. |
4 | Q Depth - BData A | Specifies the depth in cells for the bursty data A queue. |
5 | Q Depth - BData B | Specifies the depth in cells for the bursty data B queue. |
6 | Q Depth - High Pri | Specifies the queue depth in cells for high priority traffic. |
7 | Max Age - rt-VBR | Specifies a multiplier for 125-microsecond increments for the maximum age of rt-VBR (or voice) packets. For example, with the default of 20 microseconds, the node discards rt-VBR (or voice) packets older than 2.5 seconds. This value is the same as the default queue delay. The Max Age - rt-VBR (or voice) qbin threshold can be calculated as follows: (20 * (125 microseconds) * num_ds0s/53 cells + 2) for any trunk. This parameter relates to item 1, Q Depth - rt-VBR: if you increase the value for Max Age - rt-VBR, the node increases the size of the Voice (or rt-VBR) Packet Queue because more rt-VBR (or voice) packets can accumulate due to a greater age. |
8 | Red Alm - I/O (Dec) | Specifies a time period relating to when a trunk goes into red alarm and after it comes out of the alarm state. The applicable type of alarm here stems from a physical line problem rather than from a statistical error. The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the switch from rerouting the connections after a very brief problem or from prematurely informing switch software that the trunk is back in service (after a failure). The implementation is:
|
9 | Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) | Specifies a time period relating to when a trunk goes into yellow alarm and after it comes out of the alarm state. The applicable type of alarm here stems from a physical line problem rather than from a statistical error. The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the switch from rerouting the connections after a very brief problem or from prematurely informing switch software that the trunk is back in service (after a failure). The implementation is:
|
10 | Low CLP - BData A | Specifies a percent of the Bursty Data A queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the switch stops discarding cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1. |
11 | High CLP - BData A | Specifies a percent of the Bursty Data A queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the switch begins to discard cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. |
12 | Low CLP - BData B | Specifies a percent of the Bursty Data B queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the switch stops discarding cells with CLP=1. |
13 | High CLP - BData B | Specifies a percent of the Bursty Data B queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the switch begins to discard cells with CLP=1. |
14 | EFCN - BData B | Specifies the number of cells in the Bursty Data B queue that causes the switch to send congestion notification to the destination node. The default is low in relation to the default queue depth so that notification begins to go out as soon as congestion begins. |
15 | Q Depth - CBR | Specifies the depth of the queue dedicated to CBR traffic. |
16 | Q Depth - nrt-VBR | Specifies the depth of the queue dedicated to nrt-VBR traffic. |
17 | Q Depth - ABR | Specifies the depth of the queue dedicated to ABR traffic. |
18 | Low CLP - CBR | Specifies a percent of the CBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the node stops discarding cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with CBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
19 | High CLP - CBR | Specifies a percent of the CBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the node begins to discard cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with CBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
20 | Low CLP - nrt-VBR | Specifies a percent of the nrt-VBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the node stops discarding cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with VBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
21 | High CLP - nrt-VBR | Specifies a percent of the nrt-VBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the node begins to discard cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with VBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
22 | Low CLP - ABR | Specifies a percent of the ABR queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the node stops discarding cells with CLP=1. |
23 | High CLP - ABR | Specifies a percent of the ABR queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the node begins to discard cells with CLP=1. |
24 | EFCN - ABR | Specifies the number of cells in the ABR queue that causes the switch to send congestion notification to the destination node. The default is low in relation to the default queue depth so that notification begins to go out as soon as congestion begins. |
25 | SVC Queue Pool Depth | Specifies the collective size of the queue depth for all SVC connections. |
sw97 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 9 1998 10:11 GMT
TRK 1.1.1 Parameters
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 10000]
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 10000]
15 Q Depth - CBR [ 2678] (Dec)
18 Low CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
19 High CLP - CBR [ 100] (%)
This Command: cnftrkparm 1.1.1
Which parameter do you wish to change:
Index | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
8 | Red Alm - I/O (Dec) | Specifies a time period relating to when a trunk goes into red alarm and after it comes out of the alarm state. The applicable type of alarm here stems from a physical line problem rather than from a statistical error. The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the switch from rerouting the connections after a very brief problem or from prematurely informing switch software that the trunk is back in service (after a failure). The implementation is:
|
9 | Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) | Specifies a time period relating to when a trunk goes into yellow alarm and after it comes out of the alarm state. The applicable type of alarm here stems from a physical line problem rather than from a statistical error. The purpose of this parameter is to prevent the switch from rerouting the connections after a very brief problem or from prematurely informing switch software that the trunk is back in service (after a failure). The implementation is:
|
18 | Low CLP - CBR | Specifies a percent of the CBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue falls below this percentage, the node stops discarding cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with CBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
19 | High CLP - CBR | Specifies a percent of the CBR queue. When the number of cells in the queue reaches this percentage, the node begins to discard cells with CLP=1. The default of 100% disables the function, which causes the switch to discard all cells with CLP=1 regardless of the cell count in the queue. The reason the default is 100% is that, with CBR, congestion is not an expected condition. |
19 | High CLP | Specifies a percent of the transmit/receive CBR queue depth. When a transmit/receive threshold is exceeded, the node discards cells with CLP=1 in the connection until the VC queue level falls below the depth specified by Low CLP. |
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.w2 Aug. 27 1998 18:25 PST
TRK 6.3 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 10000] 18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 10000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ 20] 19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ 20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ 30] 20 Tx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ 30]
4 Gateway Efficiency (D) [ 2.0]
5 EFCN - Rx Space (D) [ N/A] Tx Age Step2 (D) Tx Age Step (D)
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 21 BDataA [ N/A] 23 BDataA [ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 22 BDataB [ N/A] 24 BDataB [ N/A]
Rx High CLP (%) Rx Low CLP (%) Tx High CLP (%) Tx Low CLP (%)
8 BDataA [ 100] 10 BDataA [ 100] 25 BDataA [ 100] 27 BDataA [ 100]
9 BDataB [ 75] 11 BdataB [ 25] 26 BDataB [ 75] 28 BDataB [ 25]
Receive Queue Depth (D) Transmit Queue Depth (D)
12 rt-VBR [ 1952] 15 BDataA [10000] 29 rt-VBR [ 1952] 32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [ 2925] 16 BDataB [10000] 30 Non TS [ 2924] 33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS [ 1000] 17 HighPri[ 1000] 31 TS [ 1000] 34 HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.3
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:26 PST
TRK 6.3 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D) Tx Queue Depth(D) Rx EFCN (D) Tx EFCN (D)
35 CBR [ 600] 38 CBR [ 600]
36 nrt-VBR [ 5000] 39 rt-VBR [ 5000]
37 ABR [20000] 40 ABR [20000] 47 ABR [ 30] 48 ABR [ 30]
Rx High CLP (%) Rx Low CLP (%) Tx High CLP (%) Tx Low CLP (%)
41 CBR [ 100] 44 CBR [ 100] 49 CBR [ 100] 52 CBR [ 100]
42 nrt-VBR [ 100] 45 nrt-VBR 100] 50 nrt-VBR [ 100] 53 VBR [ 100]
43 ABR [ 75] 46 ABR [ 25] 51 ABR [ 75] 54 ABR [ 25]
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.3
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.w2 Aug. 27 1998 18:25 PST
TRK 8.1 Parameters:
1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 10000] 18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [ 2500/ 10000]
2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ 20] 19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR (D) [ 20]
3 Rx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ 30] 20 Tx EFCN - BdataB (D) [ 30]
4 Gateway Efficiency (D) [ 2.0]
5 EFCN - Rx Space (D) [ N/A] Tx Age Step2 (D) Tx Age Step (D)
6 Low CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 21 BDataA [ N/A] 23 BDataA [ N/A]
7 High CLP - Rx_Space (%) [ N/A] 22 BDataB [ N/A] 24 BDataB [ N/A]
Rx High CLP (%) Rx Low CLP (%) Tx High CLP (%) Tx Low CLP (%)
8 BDataA [ 100] 10 BDataA [ 100] 25 BDataA [ 100] 27 BDataA [ 100]
9 BDataB [ 75] 11 BdataB [ 25] 26 BDataB [ 75] 28 BDataB [ 25]
Receive Queue Depth (D) Transmit Queue Depth (D)
12 rt-VBR [ 242] 15 BDataA [ 8000] 29 rt-VBR [ 242] 32 BDataA [ 8000]
13 Non TS [ 360] 16 BDataB [ 8000] 30 Non TS [ 360] 33 BDataB [8000]
14 TS [ 1000] 17 HighPri[ 1000] 31 TS [ 1000] 34 HighPri[ 1000]
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:26 PST
TRK 8.1 Parameters:
Rx Queue Depth(D) Tx Queue Depth(D) Rx EFCN (D) Tx EFCN (D)
35 CBR [ 400] 38 CBR [ 400]
36 nrt-VBR [ 5000] 39 VBR [ 5000]
37 ABR [10000] 40 ABR [10000] 47 ABR [ 30] 48 ABR [ 30]
Rx High CLP (%) Rx Low CLP (%) Tx High CLP (%) Tx Low CLP (%)
41 CBR [ 100] 44 CBR [ 100] 49 CBR [ 100] 52 CBR [ 100]
42 nrt-VBR [ 100] 45 nrt-VBR [ 100] 50 nrt-VBR [ 100] 53 nrt-VBR [ 100]
43 ABR [ 80] 46 ABR [ 60] 51 ABR [ 80] 54 ABR [ 60]
pubsbpx1 TN silves:1 BPX 8620 9.2.2G July 16 1999 10:50 PDT
TRK 2.4 Parameters
1 Q Depth - rt-VBR [ 885] (Dec) 15 Q Depth - CBR [ 600] (Dec)
2 Q Depth - Non-TS [ 1324] (Dec) 16 Q Depth - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)
3 Q Depth - TS [ 1000] (Dec) 17 Q Depth - ABR [20000] (Dec)
4 Q Depth - BData A [10000] (Dec) 18 Low CLP - CBR [ 60] (%)
5 Q Depth - BData B [10000] (Dec) 19 High CLP - CBR [ 80] (%)
6 Q Depth - High Pri [ 1000] (Dec) 20 Low CLP - nrt-VBR [ 60] (%)
7 Max Age - rt-VBR [ 20] (Dec) 21 High CLP - nrt-VBR [ 80] (%)
8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR [ 60] (%)
9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [ 2500 / 10000]23 High CLP - ABR [ 80] (%)
10 Low CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 24 EFCN - ABR [ 20] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A [ 100] (%) 25 SVC Queue Pool Size [ 0] (Dec)
12 Low CLP - BData B [ 25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B [ 75] (%)
14 EFCN - BData B [ 30] (Dec)
This Command: cnftrkparm 2.4
All virtual trunks on a BNI card are supported by a single queue, therefore you cannot configure all the Advanced CoS Management queues on a single virtual trunk.
The UXM and BXM share the same queueing architecture. The egress cell traffic out a port is queued in two stages. First they are queued per virtual interface (VI), each of which supports a virtual trunk. Within each virtual interface, the traffic is queued according to its normal Advanced CoS Management traffic type. In other words, voice, Time-Stamped, Non Time-Stamped, High Priority, BData, BDataB, CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, and ABR traffic is queued separately.
The overall queue depth of the virtual interface is the sum of all the queue depths for all the available queues. Since each virtual trunk occupies one virtual interface (VI), the overall queue depth available for the virtual trunk is that of its VI. You do not configure the virtual interface directly, however, you use the cnftrkparm command to configure the queues within the virtual trunk.
Although the traffic consists of Frame Relay in cells, the traffic can pass through a BPX node. Therefore, the Bursty Data queues exist in the BPX node.
BXM and UXM virtual trunks have all the configuration parameters for queues that physical trunks have. The integrated alarm thresholds for major alarms and the gateway efficiency factor is the same for all virtual trunks on the port. Note that BNI virtual trunks are supported by a single queue and do not support configuration of all the Advanced CoS Management (formerly OptiClass) queues on a single virtual trunk.
Table 1-42 provides a list of physical and virtual parameters that you can configure using cnftrkparm. X in the table indicates that the parameter is configurable. X* in the virtual trunk column indicates the parameter is a physical parameter, and changing the value for one virtual trunk on the port will automatically cause all virtual trunks on the port to be updated with the same value.
Description of cnftrkparm Parameters | BXM | UXM | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
Physical | Virtual | Physical | Virtual | |
Queue Depth - rt-VBR | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - NTS | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - TS | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - Bdata A | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - Bdata B | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - High Priority | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - CBR | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - nrt-VBR | X | X | X | X |
Queue Depth - ABR | X | X | X | X |
Max Age - rt-VBR | X | X | X | X |
Red Alm - I/O | X | X* | X | X* |
Yel Alm - I/O | X | X* | X | X* |
Lo/Hi CLP and EFCN Bdata A | X | X | X | X |
Lo/Hi CLP and EFCN Bdata B | X | X | X | X |
Lo/Hi CLP for CBR | X | X | X | X |
Lo/Hi CLP for VBR | X | X | X | X |
Low/Hi CLP, and EFCN for ABR | X | X | X | X |
EPD and EFCN for CBR and nrt-VBR |
|
| X | X |
SVC Queue pool size | X | X |
|
|
Gateway Efficiency |
|
| X | X* |
The cnftrkstats command configures collection of statistics for a selected trunk.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptrkstatcnf, dsptrkstathist
<line> | specifies the trunk to configure. |
<stat> | specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<e|d> | enables/disables a statistic. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
[samples] | specifies the number of samples to collect (1-255). |
[size] | specifies the number of bytes per data sample (1, 2 or 4). |
[peaks] | enables/disables collection of 10-second peaks. 'Y' enables; 'N' disables. |
The cnftrkstats command is primarily a debug command. It configures the collection of statistics for a physical or virtual trunk. After displaying all statistic types for the trunk, the system prompts for "statistic type." Enter the index number associated with the statistic.
Not all types of statistics are available for all lines. Unavailable selections appear in half-tone. Table 1-43 lists the types of statistics that are configurable for FastPacket T1 trunks and ATM T3 trunks. The subsequent figures show the screens associated with T1 packet trunks and T3 ATM trunks.
Categories of Statistics Types | Categories of Statistics Types |
---|---|
Line faults | Line errors and errored seconds |
Frame Slips and Loss | Path errors |
Transmit packets dropped | Cell framing errors |
Packets transmitted for various packet types | EFCN packets transmitted to bus |
Packets dropped for various packet types | Queue Service Engine (QSE) cells transmitted |
Bursty data CLP packets and cells dropped | Spacer packets transmitted and dropped for each of the 16 queues |
Errored seconds | The number of seconds in which errors occurred |
Figure 1-53 is the only screen for T1 trunks.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:42 PST
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 18) Voice Packets Transmitted
3) Out of Frames 19) TS Packets Transmitted
4) Losses of Signal 20) NTS Packets Transmitted
5) Frames Bit Errors 21) CC Packets Transmitted
6) CRC Errors 22) BDA Packets Transmitted
9) Packet Out of Frames 23) BDB Packets Transmitted
10) Packet CRC Errors 24) Total Packets Transmitted
12) Tx Voice Packets Dropped 25) BDA CLP Packets Dropped
13) Tx TS Packets Dropped 26) BDB CLP Packets Dropped
14) Tx NTS Packets Dropped 27) BDA EFCN Pkts Transmitted
15) Tx CC Packets Dropped 28) BDB EFCN Pkts Transmitted
16) Tx BDA Packets Dropped 149) Bdata A CLP Packets Tx to Line
17) Tx BDB Packets Dropped 150) Bdata B CLP Packets Tx to Line
Last Command: cnftrkstats 13
Next Command:
The following screens, shown in Figure 1-54 through Figure 1-61, pertain to an ATM trunk
(AIT card) on an IGX node. Other trunk types and cards have other parameters. To see the list of these parameters, enter the command and continue from page to page without entering an index number.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:45 PST
Line Statistic Types
3) Out of Frames 22) BDA Packets Transmitted
4) Losses of Signal 23) BDB Packets Transmitted
10) Packet CRC Errors 24) Total Packets Transmitted
12) Tx Voice Packets Dropped 25) BDA CLP Packets Dropped
13) Tx TS Packets Dropped 26) BDB CLP Packets Dropped
14) Tx NTS Packets Dropped 27) BDA EFCN Pkts Transmitted
15) Tx CC Packets Dropped 28) BDB EFCN Pkts Transmitted
16) Tx BDA Packets Dropped 29) Line Code Violations
17) Tx BDB Packets Dropped 30) Line Errored Seconds
18) Voice Packets Transmitted 31) Line Severely Err Secs
19) TS Packets Transmitted 32) Line Parity Errors
20) NTS Packets Transmitted 33) Errored Seconds - Line
21) CC Packets Transmitted 34) Severely Err Secs - Line
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:46 PST
Line Statistic Types
35) Path Parity Errors 48) Tx nrt-VBR Cells Drpd
36) Errored Secs - Path 49) Tx TimeStamped Cells Drpd
37) Severely Err Secs - Path 50) Tx NTS Cells Dropped
38) Severely Err Frame Secs 51) Tx Hi-Pri Cells Drpd
39) AIS Signal Seconds 52) Tx BData A Cells Drpd
40) Unavail. Seconds 53) Tx BData B Cells Drpd
41) BIP-8 Code Violations 54) Voice Cells Tx to line
42) Cell Framing Errored Seconds 55) TimeStamped Cells Tx to ln
43) Cell Framing Sev. Err Secs. 56) NTS Cells Tx to line
44) Cell Framing Sec. Err Frame Secs 57) Hi-Pri Cells Tx to line
45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs. 58) BData A Cells Tx to line
46) ATM Cell Header HEC Errs 59) BData B Cells Tx to line
47) Pkts. Rx from Muxbus 60) Half Full cells Tx to ln
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:47 PST
Line Statistic Types
61) Full cells Tx to ln 74) Rx Hi-pri Pkts Dropped
62) Total Cells Tx to line 75) Rx BDA Pkts Dropped
63) Tx Bdata A CLP Cells Drpd 76) Rx BDB Pkts Dropped
64) Tx Bdata B CLP Cells Drpd 77) Voice pkts Tx to Muxbus
65) Bdata A EFCN Cells Tx ln 78) TS pkts Tx to Muxbus
66) Bdata B EFCN Cells Tx ln 79) NTS pkts Tx to Muxbus
67) Half Full Cells Rx from ln 80) Hi-pri pkts Tx to Muxbus
68) Full Cells Rx from line 81) Bdata A pkts Tx to Muxbus
69) Total Cells Rx from line 82) Bdata B pkts Tx to Muxbus
70) Total pkts Rx from line 83) Rx Bdata A CLP pkts drpd
71) Rx Voice Pkts Dropped 84) Rx Bdata B CLP pkts drpd
72) Rx TS Pkts Dropped 85) Bdata A EFCN Pkts Tx muxbus
73) Rx NTS Pkts Dropped 86) Bdata B EFCN Pkts Tx muxbus
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:48 PST
Line Statistic Types
87) Total Pkts Tx to muxbus 100) Rx Spacer 2 Pkts dropped
88) Rx voice cells drpd 101) Rx Spacer 3 Pkts dropped
89) Rx TimeStamped Cells drpd 102) Rx Spacer 4 Pkts dropped
90) Rx NTS Cells dropped 103) Rx Spacer 5 Pkts dropped
91) Rx Hi-pri Cells dropped 104) Rx Spacer 6 Pkts dropped
92) Rx Bdata A Cells dropped 105) Rx Spacer 7 Pkts dropped
93) Rx Bdata B Cells dropped 106) Rx Spacer 8 Pkts dropped
94) Rx Bdata A CLP cells drpd 107) Rx Spacer 9 Pkts dropped
95) Rx Bdata B CLP cells drpd 108) Rx Spacer 10 Pkts dropped
96) Rx Spacer CLP Pkts drpd 109) Rx Spacer 11 Pkts dropped
97) Spacer EFCN Pkts Tx to Muxbus 110) Rx Spacer 12 Pkts dropped
98) Frame Sync Errors 111) Rx Spacer 13 Pkts dropped
99) Rx Spacer 1 Pkts dropped 112) Rx Spacer 14 Pkts dropped
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:49 PST
Line Statistic Types
113) Rx Spacer 15 Pkts dropped 126) Spacer 10 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
114) Rx Spacer 16 Pkts dropped 127) Spacer 11 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
115) Rx Spacer Pkts drpd 128) Spacer 12 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
116) Spacer 0 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 129) Spacer 13 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
117) Spacer 1 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 130) Spacer 14 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
118) Spacer 2 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 131) Spacer 15 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
119) Spacer 3 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 132) Spacer 16 Pkts Tx to Muxbus
120) Spacer 4 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 133) Rx Voice QSE Cells Tx
121) Spacer 5 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 134) Rx Time Stamped QSE Cells Tx
122) Spacer 6 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 135) Rx NTS QSE Cells Tx
123) Spacer 7 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 136) Rx Hi Priority QSE Cells Tx
124) Spacer 8 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 137) Rx BData A QSE Cells Tx
125) Spacer 9 Pkts Tx to Muxbus 138) Rx Bdata B QSE Cells Tx
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 15:02 PST
Line Statistic Types
139) Rx BData A EFCN QSE Cells Tx 152) Cell Framing Yel Transitions
140) Rx BData B EFCN QSE Cells Tx 153) AIS Transition Count
141) FEBE Counts 161) CGW Packets Rx From IGX Net
142) FERR Counts (M or F bit) 162) CGW Cells Tx to Line
143) Cell Framing FEBE Err Secs 163) CGW Frms Relayed to Line
144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs. 164) CGW Aborted Frames Tx to Line
145) Cell Framing FEBE Counts 165) CGW Dscd Pkts From Abted Frms
146) Cell Framing FE Counts 166) CGW 0-Lngth Frms Rx from Line
147) ATM CRC Errored Seconds 167) CGW Packets Tx to IGX Net
148) ATM CRC Severely Err. Secs. 168) CGW Cells Rx from Line
149) Bdata A CLP Packets Tx to Line 169) CGW Frms Relayed from Line
150) Bdata B CLP Packets Tx to Line 170) CGW Aborted Frms Rx From Line
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 171) CGW Dscd Cells From Abted Frms
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 14:51 PST
Line Statistic Types
172) CGW Bd CRC32 Frms Rx from Line 185) OAM Valid OAM Cells Rx
173) CGW Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Line 186) OAM Loopback Cells Rx
174) CGW Bd CRC16 Frms Rx from IGX 187) OAM AIS Cells Rx
175) CGW Bd Length Frms Rx from IGX 188) OAM FERF Cells Rx
176) CGW 0-Length Frms Rx from IGX 189) OAM RTD Cells Rx
177) OAM Valid OAM Cells Tx 190) OAM RA Cells Rx
178) OAM Loopback Cells Tx 191) OAM Invalid OAM Cells Rx
179) OAM AIS Cells Tx 192) OAM CC Cells Rx
180) OAM FERF Cells Tx
181) OAM RTD Cells Tx
182) OAM RA Cells Tx
183) OAM Invalid Supv Packets Rx
184) OAM CC Cells Tx
This Command: cnftrkstats 11
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:19 PST
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
1) QBIN: Voice Cells Tx to line 14) QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Discarded
2) QBIN: TimeStamped Cells Tx to ln 15) QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Discarded
3) QBIN: NTS Cells Tx to line 16) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Discarded
4) QBIN: Hi-Pri Cells Tx to line 17) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Discarded
5) QBIN: BData A Cells Tx to line 18) QBIN: Tx VBR Cells Discarded
6) QBIN: BData B Cells Tx to line 19) QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Received
7) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Served 20) QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Received
8) QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Served 21) QBIN: Tx rt-VBR Cells Received
9) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Served 22) QBIN: Tx TS Cells Received
10) QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Discarded 23) QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Received
11) QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Discarded 24) QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Received
12) QBIN: Tx Voice Cells Discarded 25) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Received
13) QBIN: Tx TS Cells Discarded 26) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Received
This Command: cnftrkstats 6.2
Continue?
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:19 PST
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
27) QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Received 40) CGW: Packets Rx From Network
28) VI: Cells received w/CLP=1 41) CGW: Cells Tx to Line
29) VI: OAM cells received 42) CGW: NIW Frms Relayed to Line
30) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=1 43) CGW: SIW Frms Relayed to Line
31) VI: Cells received w/CLP=0 44) CGW: Aborted Frames Tx to Line
32) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 45) CGW: Dscd Pkts
33) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 46) CGW: 0-Length Frms Rx from Network
34) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=0 47) CGW: Bd CRC16 Frms Rx from Network
35) VI: OAM cells transmitted 48) CGW: Bd Length Frms Rx from Network
36) VI: RM cells received 49) CGW: OAM RTD Cells Tx
37) VI: RM cells transmitted 54) CGW: Packets Tx to Network
38) VI: Cells transmitted 55) CGW: Cells Rx from Line
39) VI: Cells received 56) CGW: NIW Frms Relayed from Line
This Command: cnftrkstats 6.2
Continue?
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 18:19 PST
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
57) CGW: SIW Frms Relayed from Line
58) CGW: Aborted Frms Rx From Line
59) CGW: Dscd Cells
60) CGW: 0-Lngth Frms Rx from Line
61) CGW: Bd CRC32 Frms Rx from Line
62) CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Line
63) CGW: OAM RTD Cells Rx
64) CGW: OAM Invalid OAM Cells Rx
This Command: cnftrkstats 6.2
The cnftstparm command sets parameters for the internal diagnostic self tests that you can perform for each card type in the node.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfdiagparm, dspcderrs, prtcderrs, tststats
cnftstparm <tp> <freq> <s_e> <s_inc> <s_thr> <s_to> <b_e> <b_inc> <b_thr>
<tp> | Specifies the card type. |
<freq> | Specifies the time between the completion of one test and the start of the next (in seconds; default is card-dependent). 1 sec-65535 secs. Default for BCC card is 1600 secs. The recommended value for the BCC card is 1600 seconds. |
<s_e> | Enables/disables the card self test. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. |
<s_inc> | Specifies the threshold counter increment for self-test failures. Counter for each card-type: each failure increments. Default 100. |
<s_thr> | Specifies the failure threshold for self tests. Default 300. |
<s_to> | Specifies time to wait for a self test response (in seconds). How long to wait for a response depends on the card. The recommended value for the self-test timeout value on the BCC card is 800 seconds. The value on the standby controller card will be maintained even if the active timeout value is less than 800, which prevents the self-test timeout value from changing during a switchover (after a switchcc command is run). For example, if you change the self-test timeout value to 900 on the standby controller card, and then do a switchcc, the self-test timeout value on the new active controller card will remain 900. |
<b_e> | Enables/disables the card background test. 'E' to enable; 'D' to disable. Available tests depend on the card; some are not enabled. |
<b_inc> | Specifies the threshold counter increment for background test failures. |
<b_thr> | Specifies the failure threshold for background tests. |
This command sets internal diagnostic, self-test parameters. Upon receiving this command, the system displays a two-page screen illustrating each of the various card types equipped in the node along with their self-test parameters. Each card has two tests: a diagnostic self-test and a background test. The self-test affects the normal operation of the card. The background test can execute while the card is carrying traffic.
The following is a list of the configurable test parameters for each card type:
After you enter cnftstparm on a BPX node, the first page of the display appears, as shown in Figure 1-62.
sw45 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 27 1998 16:04 PDT
Card Test - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - - - - Background Test - - -
Type Freq Enable Inc Thresh Timeout Enable Inc Thresh
---- ----- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
BCC 1600 Enabled 100 300 800 N/A 100 300
ASM 300 Disabled 100 300 60 N/A 100 300
BNI-T3 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300
BNI-E3 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300
ASI-E3 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300
ASI-T3 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300
ASI-155 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300
BNI-155 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300
BXM 2000 Disabled 100 300 1800 Enabled 100 300
Last Command: cnftstparm
Next Command:
To see the second screen, enter "y" at the Continue prompt.
The screens of the cnftstparm display for an IGX node appear in Figure 1-63.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:58 GMT
Card Test - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - - - - Background Test - - -
Type Freq Enable Inc Thresh Timeout Enable Inc Thresh
---- ----- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
PSM 300 Enabled 100 300 31 N/A 100 300
HDM 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Enabled 100 300
LDM 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Enabled 100 300
NTM 300 Enabled 100 300 31 N/A 100 300
FRM 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Enabled 100 300
MT3 300 Enabled 100 300 50 N/A 100 300
CVM 300 Enabled 100 300 300 N/A 100 300
NPM 180 Enabled 100 300 120 N/A 100 300
ARM 300 Enabled 100 300 60 N/A 100 300
BTM 300 Enabled 100 300 120 N/A 100 300
FTM 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Disabled 100 300
UFM 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Enabled 100 300
This Command: cnftstparm
Continue? y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 03:59 GMT
Card Test - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - - - - Background Test - - -
Type Freq Enable Inc Thresh Timeout Enable Inc Thresh
---- ----- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
UFMU 300 Enabled 100 300 80 Enabled 100 300
ALM 300 Enabled 100 300 120 N/A 100 300
UVM 300 Disabled 100 300 60 N/A 100 300
UXM 300 Enabled 100 300 300 Enabled 100 300
This Command: cnftstparm
Enter Card Type To Modify:
Enter the card type at the prompt to begin modifying the test parameter.
The cnfuiparm command sets various control terminal user interface parameters.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfnodeparm, dsptsmap
<parameter number> | Specifies the index number of the parameter to set. (See Table 1-38 .) |
<value> | Specifies the new parameter value to enter. |
This command lets you set user interface parameters for the control terminal on the local node. It may be necessary to change these parameters in special circumstances, such as when you need to observe a screen for a long period of time or when modem password protection makes logging in difficult. Table 1-44 lists the user interface parameters. Figure 1-64 illustrates the associated display.
No. | Parameter | Description | Default* |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Logout Time | Idle time before a local user is logged out (0=never). | 20 minutes |
2 | VT Logout Time | Idle time before a virtual terminal user is logged out. | 4 minutes |
3 | Prompt Time | Idle time before a parameter prompt times out. | 2 minutes |
4 | Command Time | Idle time before a continuous command times out. | 3 minutes |
5 | UID Privilege Level | Privilege level of User ID allowed to use control terminal. The default is 6, the lowest user-level. | 6 |
6 | Input Char Echo | If enabled, characters are echoed as you type them. | enabled |
7 | Screen Update Time | Time between screen updates. | 2 seconds |
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 04:01 GMT
1. Logout Time ........... 999 minutes
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds
This Command: cnfuiparm
Enter parameter index:
Configures default parameters for a channel or range of channels on a UVM. The parameters are:
See Table 1-45 for an explanation of the preceding UVM channel parameters.
Configure UVM channel parameters
cnfuvmchparm <channel(s)> <value>
none
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Lock |
0 | Yes | Yes | IGX | Yes |
cnfuvmchparm 7.1.1
Configure the parameters for channels 1-23 on port 1 of the UVM in slot 7.
sw109 VT SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 26 1998 17:25 PST
From Parameter:
VCU PIU VAD mdm
7.1.1 lvl lvl thld thld 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
7.1.1-23 6 6 40 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7.2.1-23 6 6 40 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This Command: cnfuvmchparm 7.1.
Enter VCU Noise Level/-10dB [0-15]:
Table 1-45 describes the parameters of the cnfuvmchparm command.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channel | Specifies the channel or range of channels. |
value | "Value" consists of the following parameters: VCU is the Voice codec unit. The value for this parameter is a noise level placed in a voice packet that is added in case a voice packet is dropped. The value you can enter is a multiplier for the base noise level of -10 dB. The range is 1-15 (multiplied by -10 dB). For example, if you enter 6, the level of noise placed in a replacement packet is -60 dB. PIU is the PCM interface unit. The PIU performs a re-sampling and injects noise in case of lost packets. The range is 1-15 (which is a multiplier for -10 dB). For example, if you enter 6, the level of noise placed in a replacement packet is -60 dB. VAD is the Voice Activity Detection threshold. If the deciBel level falls below the specified limit, no packets are transmitted. The range is 0-65535 and is a multiplier of -1 dB, but typical values are around 30-40. Modem threshold is a threshold for modem tone detection. Below this threshold, the tone is ignored (or "not detected"). The range is 0-255 and is a multiplier All the other values appear as numbered columns. These are placeholders reserved for future development. |
The cnfvchparm command modifies CVM or CVM voice channel parameters.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfCVMparm, dspchan
channel(s) | Specifies the voice channel number(s) to configure. |
parameters | Specifies values for the voice parameters (Table 1-45 lists parameters). |
The cnfvchparm command specifies voice card parameters for:
Table 1-46 lists the voice parameters you can specify with cnfvchparm. Table 1-47 lists some calculated examples for a sample delay for VAD and non-VAD connections.
Different versions of firmware for the CVM present different ways of specifying the level of background noise you can select to cover awkward periods of silence at the ends of voice connections. For cards with Model A firmware, you specify the actual level in dBm (deciBels) or dBrnC0. For Model A cards, you can specify the noise levels with a granularity of 0.1 dBm or dBrnC0. For cards with Model B firmware, you enter a number that maps to a noise level. Table 1-48 lists the numbers that correspond to the levels of injected background noise for Model B firmware.
The screen displays in Example 1 and Example 2 illustrate cnfvchparm applied to a Model A CDP and a Model B CDP, respectively. The display for Model A cards shows the deciBel level of the injected noise. The display for the Model B shows the number that corresponds to a deciBel (or dBrnC0) level of background noise.
After you enter cnfvchparm, the system displays "Enter channel(s)." After you enter the parameters, the system requests confirmation by displaying "Reconfigure active CDP channels? (y/n)."
Without the cnfvchparm command, the other ways to re-configure channels are
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
Sample delay for VAD connections | Adds processing to speech information to prevent front-end clipping due to speech detector latency. One increment is 125 µsecs. See Table 1-47. | A8 (H) |
Sample delay for non-VAD connections | Same for non-VAD circuits. | 01 (H) |
Background Noise | Sets the level of background noise the far-end card adds to the connection while it receives no voice packets. For Model A firmware, specify levels in actual decibels in 0.1 dB increments. For Model B firmware, see Table 1-47 . | 2 (H) |
High Pass Filter mode | Enables/disables high-pass filter to assist in VAD and modem detect. | enabled |
Floating Priority mode | When enabled, sets higher priority for modem detection on "c" and | enabled |
V.25 modem detect mode | Enables/disables V.25 modem-detect mode. The default is enabled with "detect-64K," which specifies that a 2100 Hz tone indicates the presence of V.25-type modem. The options with V.25 modem detect are "disable," | enabled |
32K | Auto-upgrade line to 32 Kbps ADPCM when a 32K modem is detected. | disabled |
64K | Automatically upgrade line to 64 Kbps clear channel PCM when a high speed modem is detected. | enabled |
Delay for VAD and Non-VAD | Delay |
---|---|
01 | 0.125 msec. |
50 | 10 msec. |
A8 | 21 msec. |
Parameter 3 | Injected Noise Level |
---|---|
00 | Dynamically set noise level to match the noise detected at the other end. Requires Model B firmware on the CDP or CVM. |
0 | 0 dBrnC0 or -90 dBm |
1 | 18 dBrnC0 or -70 dBm |
2 | 21 dBrnC0 or -67 dBm |
3 | 23 dBrnC0 or -65 dBm |
4 | 25 dBrnC0 or -63 dBm |
5 | 27 dBrnC0 or -61 dBm |
6 | 30 dBrnC0 or -58 dBm |
7 | 49 dBrnC0 or -39 dBm |
sw110 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 6 1998 17:43 PDT
CDP Models All None All
UVM Models All None All
Sample Delay Bkgnd Echo Suppression V.25 Xmit
From 14.1 VAD Non-VAD Noise HPF Float Function Loss Detect Delay
14.1-15 A8 01 67 ON ON ON ON 64K 5
14.17-24 A8 01 67 ON ON ON ON 64K 5
This Command: cnfvchparm 14.1-6 A8 1 67 e e e e
V.25 Modem detect, 'd' - disable, '32' - 32K upgrade, '64' - 64K upgrade:
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 17:01 PST
CDP Models All None All
Sample Delay Bkgnd Echo Suppression V.25 Xmit
From 11.1 VAD Non-VAD Noise HPF Float Function Loss Detect Delay
11.1-15 A8 01 2 ON ON ON ON ON 5
11.17-31 A8 01 2 ON ON ON ON ON 5
This Command: cnfvchparm
Next Command:
The cpyfpmap command copies the FastPAD map table from one FastPAD port to another.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnffpmap
cpyfpmap <source slot.port> <nodename> <destination slot.port>
<source slot.port> | Specifies the FTC port to copy from. |
<nodename> | Specifies the nodename. |
<destination slot.port> | Specifies the FTC port to which to copy the FastPad Map table. |
This command copies a FastPAD map table from one FastPAD port to another FastPAD port. When you enter this command, the system responds as shown in Figure 1-65.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 10:05 PST
Last Command: 31.2 cc5 31.1
Next Command:
The dchst command displays CDP or CVM card parameters.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfcdpparm
dchst <channel> [interval]
<channel(s)> | Specifies the voice channel number(s) to configure. |
<interval> | Specifies the refresh time for the data (1-60 sec.). |
This command displays state information for a CDP or CVM channel used for a specific connection. The interval parameter specifies the refresh time for the data. It defaults to 5 seconds. The Transmit and Receive dBm0 for both CDP or CVM indicate the input (towards the circuit line) and output power (from the circuit line) levels for the channel. Modem state indicates whether modem-detect is on or off.
Table 1-49 lists the parameters for the CDP or CVM card. Figure 1-66 illustrates the system display for a CDP or CVM.
Register | Byte | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|---|
0 | high | zcr total | Zero Crossing Total |
1 | high | hpf z1 hi-hi | High-Pass Filter |
2 | high | sam - hi | Encoded Voice Sample |
3 | high | vad state-hi | Voice Activity Detector state |
4 | high | sil cnt | Silent Count |
5 | high | mad wnd cnt | Modem Activity Detector Wnd. Count |
6 | high | mad state-hi | Modem Activity Detector state |
alpha TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 16:30 PST
CDP state display for channel 11.1 Snapshot
Transmit dBm0:
Receive dBm0:
Register 0 =
Register 1 =
Register 2 =
Register 3 =
Register 4 =
Register 5 =
Register 6 =
Last Command: dchst 11.1
Next Command:
The diagbus command is used to diagnose a failed IGX Muxbus or IGX Cellbus.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
none
diagbus
This command runs detailed diagnostics to isolate Muxbus problems to a failed card or bus. It is used when a minor alarm is indicated and displaying the alarm (dspalms) screen indicates the message "bus needs diagnosis."
This command can only be run locally with a terminal connected directly to the CONTROL port or remotely from a modem connection. It can not be executed through a VT (virtual terminal) command or when the node's CONTROL port is configured for Cisco WAN Manager mode.
Caution This command may cause a major disruption in service on all lines and connections and should only be run at a time when this can be tolerated. |
Performing this test can result in a major disruption in the operation of the node. It should not be performed except as a last resort. To fully isolate the failure may require manual removal of cards, including controller cards and so forth. For this reason, the command may not be executed over a Virtual Terminal connection.
If the test is successful, and no problems found, the system displays:
Otherwise, the system displays various messages to the operator for additional steps to perform in isolating the problem. These messages depend on the results of the diagnostics testing.
The drtop command displays the routing table from the local node to each connected remote node.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptrkcons
drtop
The drtop command displays the routing table from the local node to each remote node to which it connects. It shows how NPM/B.C. traffic is routed to other nodes in the network. Use drtop to find which trunks are used to send control cells/packets to other nodes.
The display includes remote node name, number of hops to the remote node, the trunk(s) used, and number of satellite hops if any, and the number of unused DS0s (open space) if any on the route. Figure 1-67 illustrates the display.
pubsipx2 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 2 1998 02:27 GMT
Node Number Node Name Hops To Via Trk SAT Hops No HP Hops Open Space
1 npubsbpx1 2 6 0 0 3
2 npubsigx1 3 6 0 0 3
3 npubsigx2 0 0 0 0 0
5 npubsigx1 1 6 0 0 24
7 npubsigx3 2 6 0 0 24
Last Command: drtop
Next Command:
The dspasich command displays the ATM channel routing entries for an ASI card.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX
None
dspasich <line> <channel>
<line> | Specifies the line in the format slot.port. |
<channel> | Specifies the channel in the format vpi.vci. |
This command displays the routing entries for an ASI card shown in Figure 1-68.
pubsbpx1 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 May 24 1998 21:09 GMT
ASI Channel Configuration Query & Display
Slot.port.lcn:5.1.1
Status: Added BF hdr: 4145 9002 8012 0501 8640 0000 2DEB
[00] BF tp: 4 [11] VCI: 00000064 [22] UPC CDV: 0 [33] FST up: 0
[01] Pri SDA: 5 [12] Con tp: VC [23] UPC CIR: 500 [34] FST dn: 0
[02] Dst Prt: 1 [13] Rmt tp: ASI [24] UPC CBS: 1000 [35] FST fdn: 0
[03] Dst lcn: 2 [14] Srv tp: VBR [25] UPC IBS: 0 [36] FST rmx: 0
[04] BCF tp: 0 [15] Gen AIS: N [26] UPC MFS: 200 [37] Q max:64000
[05] Qbin#: 12 [16] Mcst: 0 [27] CLP enb: Y [38] EFCI: 100
[06] BF VPI: 64 [17] Mc grp: 1 [28] FST enb: N [39] CLP hi: 100
[07] BF VCI: 0 [18] & msk: 0000000F [29] FST MIR: 500 [40] CLP lo: 100
[08] Pl Cls: 0 [19] | msk: 06400640 [30] FST PIR: 500 [41] BCM: N
[09] Rmt lp: N [20] Prt QBN: 2 [31] FST QIR: 500 [42] Inhibit:N
[10] VPI: 00000064 [21] UPC GCR: 0 [32] QIR TO: 0 [43] UPC enb:Y
Last Command: dspasich 5.1 1 N
Next Command:
Displays the available Muxbus or cellbus bandwidth. The display does not dynamically receive updates and is therefore a snapshot. The dspbuses command lists the dedicated and pooled bandwidth units as well as the status of the available Muxbus.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfbus
dspbuses
This command displays the available Muxbus bandwidth. The display is not updated and is referred to as a snapshot. The command lists the dedicated and pooled bandwidth units as well as the status of the available Muxbus or cellbus. Figure 1-69 illustrates the dspbuses display on a BPX node. Figure 1-70 illustrates the dspbuses display on an IGX node.
bpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 July 2 1998 13:22 GMT
Bus Status
Bus A (slot 7): Active - OK
Bus B (slot 8): Standby - OK
Last Command: dspbuses
Next Command:
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 04:10 GMT
Bus Info
Bus Bandwidth usage in Fastpackets/second (Snapshot)
Allocated = 86000 ( 8%)
Available = 1082000 (92%)
-----------
Bus A: Active - OK
Bus B: Standby - OK
Last Command: dspbuses
Next Command:
The dspcardstats command displays the collected BXM card statistics for the selected node slot.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX
cnfslotstats
dspcardstats <slot number>
<slot number> | Specifies the shelf and slot. |
This command displays all card statistics for an active BXM card in the current node. Figure 1-71 illustrates a screen display after entering the dspcardstats command.
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Date/Time Not Set
ASI-T3 12 Status: Clear - Slot OK Clrd: Date/Time Not Set
Type Count ETS Status Type
utopia-2 discard count 0 0
utopia-2 misalign count 0 0
atm fr. pyld parity err 0 0
bfr hdr parity err 0 0
null bfrm header err 0 0
brame hoq req t/o 0 0
poll bus parity err 0 0
bfr queue parity err 0 0
bfr bip16 parity err 0 0
mc addr tbl parity err 0 0
eap arfd pndg err 0 0
This Command: dspcardstats 12
Continue?
Table 1-50 lists some BXM card statistics names and descriptions for the dspcardstats command. The table gives the objects that the BXM firmware sends to the switch software. Note that the in most cases the object name and screen field name are similar or identical; however, descriptions may vary from the field names as they appear on the dspcardstats screen.
Object ID | Object Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3: Tag ID Byte 4-7: IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with ComBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | Auto-Reset Option | 0 - Disable 1 - Enable | 1 | Controls whether the statistics read should be automatically reset to 0. |
03 | Poll-Bus A Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Includes both Poll-Bus A & B Parity Errors from SIMBA. |
04-05 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
06 | Tx BIP-16 Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BXM BFrame Queue Parity errors existed. |
07 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
08 | SBUS BFrame BIP-16 Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BFrame (non-header) BIP-16 errors existed. |
09 | SBUS BFrame Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BFrame Header BIP-16 errors existed. |
0A | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0B | SIU Phase Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which SIU Clock Failures or Phase Margin errors existed. |
0C | Standby PRBS Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which SIU Rx errors existed. |
0D-12 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
13 | Poll Clock Error Count | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which latched poll clock failures existed. |
14 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
15 | Monarch-Specific Total Error Count | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Any time there is a Monarch-Specific Error occurrence (i.e. any of the errors listed in the following group of Object IDs) this counter is incremented. Hence, the software can just get this object to see if any errors have happened. If the counter is 0, then there is no need for S/W to fetch the remaining objects. If it is non-zero, then the remaining objects should be fetched to determine which error it is. |
16 | Utopia-2 discard error | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
17 | Utopia-2 Misalign error | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
18 | ATM Fr. Pyld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the ATM frame payload parity error. |
19 | ATM Fr. hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the ATM frame header parity error. |
1A | BFr. Hdr. Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error is the BFrame header parity error (half-word PE using MSB as the check bit). |
1B | Null BFrm Header Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that a null BFrame header was accessed. |
1C | BFrame HOQ Req T/O | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the BFrame HOQ request time-out error. |
1D | Poll Bus Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is a generic poll-bus parity error. |
1E | BFr. Queue Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
1F | BFr. BIP16 Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error is the BFrame BIP-16 parity error as detected by SIMBA. |
20 | BFr Hdr. BIP16 Prty Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that there was a BFrame header BIP-16 parity error. |
21 | MC Addr Tbl Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that there was a Multicast Address table parity error. |
22 | EAP ARFD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected a EAP alternate Reg File Data Pending error. |
23 | EAP PRFD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected a EAP primary Reg File Data Pending error. |
24 | ECOE RFBD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an ECOE Reg File B Data pending error. |
25 | ECOE RFAD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an ECOE Reg File A Data pending error. |
26 | MCE Q Data Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected a MCE Queue Data parity error. |
27 | MCE Q Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected a MCE Queue Header parity error. |
28 | MC Rec. Tbl Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
29 | Cell Mem Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that a cell memory parity error was detected. |
2A | VC T/S Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected VC T/S addr/config errors. |
2B | Rx A Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A header parity errors. |
2C | Rx A Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A payload parity errors. |
2D | Rx A SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A SOC out of sync errors. |
2E | Rx A Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A Discard counter errors. |
2F | Rx B Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B header parity errors. |
30 | Rx B Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B payload parity errors. |
31 | Rx B SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B SOC out of sync errors. |
32 | Rx B Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B Discard counter errors. |
33 | Rx C Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C header parity errors. |
34 | Rx C Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C payload parity errors. |
35 | Rx C SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C SOC out of sync errors. |
36 | Rx C Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C Discard counter errors. |
37 | Cell Mem Hdr PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected cell memory header parity errors. |
38 | Cell Mem Pyld PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected cell memory payload parity errors. |
39 | FRMCP Alt. IF Crc Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected FRMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3A | FRMCP Pri. IF Crc Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected FRMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3B | BRMCP Pri IF CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected BRMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3C | BRMCP Alt IF CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected BRMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3D | OAMCP Pri. CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3E | OAMCP Alt. CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3F | OAMCP Cell Fltr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Cell Filter parity errors. |
40 | ERP Exp. Rate BIP Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP Explicit rate BIP errors. |
41 | ERP LCN BIP Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP LCN BIP parity errors. |
42 | ERP Missing Exp. Rte Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP Message explicit rate errors. |
43 | Rx Pri. IF Hdr PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F Header parity errors. |
44 | Rx Pri. IF Pyld Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F payload parity errors. |
45 | Rx Pri IF SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F SOC out of sync errors. |
46 | Rx Pri. IF Disc Ctr Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F Discard counter errors. |
47 | Rx Alt. IF Hdr PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F Header parity errors. |
48 | Rx Alt. IF Pyld Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F payload parity errors. |
49 | Rx Alt IF SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F SOC out of sync errors. |
4A | Rx Alt. IF Disc Ctr Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F Discard Counter errors. |
4B | SDC Sch RAM PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected SDC Extern Schedule RAM parity errors. |
4C | VCSD ICG LUT PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected VCSD ICG LUT parity errors. |
4D | RRC Ext Rate RAM PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected RRC external rate RAM parity errors. |
4E | VCSA QE Sts Bus PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected VCSA Status bus parity errors. |
4F | PRB Sec Req Sent Cnt | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SIMBA has detected Sec Req Send errors. |
50 | PRB Sec Req Acpt Cnt | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SIMBA has detected Sec Req Accept errors. |
The dspcderrs command displays detailed card failure information resulting from card diagnostics testing at the local node.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
clrcderrs, prtcderrs
dspcderrs [<slot>]
[<slot>] | Specifies the shelf slot in the local node. |
This command displays a history of card failures associated with a specified slot. If no argument is specified, a summary is displayed, indicating which slots have failures recorded against them. The command displays the results of the self tests and background tests as well as the total hardware errors.
To clear the card error counters, use the clrcderrs command. To obtain a hard copy of the report, use the prtcderrs command. Figure 1-72 illustrates the command display.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 17:56 PST
AIT in Slot 11 : 176767 Rev AEF Failures Cleared: Aug. 19 1998 11:25:29 PST
----------------------------------- Records Cleared: Aug. 20 1998 13:14:03 PST
Self Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 0 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 0
First Pass: Last Pass:
First Fail: Last Fail:
Hardware Error Total Events: 0 Threshold Counter: 0
First Event: Last Event:
Last Command: dspcderrs 11
Next Command:
The dspcftst command displays the test pattern used for the communications fail test.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfcftst
dspcftst
This command displays the test pattern used to test the controller communication path to a node that does not respond to normal controller traffic. The test pattern defaults to an alternating 8-byte sequence of 00 and FF. Refer to cnfcftst command for other patterns and how to reconfigure this pattern. Figure 1-73 illustrates the command display.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 17:57 PST
Comm Fail Test Pattern.
Byte 0: FF Byte 12: 00 Byte 24: FF Byte 36: 00 Byte 48: FF
Byte 1: FF Byte 13: 00 Byte 25: FF Byte 37: 00 Byte 49: FF
Byte 2: FF Byte 14: 00 Byte 26: FF Byte 38: 00 Byte 50: FF
Byte 3: FF Byte 15: 00 Byte 27: FF Byte 39: 00 Byte 51: FF
Byte 4: 00 Byte 16: FF Byte 28: 00 Byte 40: FF Byte 52: 00
Byte 5: 00 Byte 17: FF Byte 29: 00 Byte 41: FF Byte 53: 00
Byte 6: 00 Byte 18: FF Byte 30: 00 Byte 42: FF Byte 54: 00
Byte 7: 00 Byte 19: FF Byte 31: 00 Byte 43: FF Byte 55: 00
Byte 8: FF Byte 20: 00 Byte 32: FF Byte 44: 00 Byte 56: FF
Byte 9: FF Byte 21: 00 Byte 33: FF Byte 45: 00 Byte 57: FF
Byte 10: FF Byte 22: 00 Byte 34: FF Byte 46: 00 Byte 58: FF
Byte 11: FF Byte 23: 00 Byte 35: FF Byte 47: 00 Byte 59: FF
Last Command: dspcftst
Next Command:
The dspchan command displays the configuration of various IGX voice channels.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX
cnfcdpparm
<channel> | Specifies the voice channel connection to display. |
This command displays the configuration of IGX voice channels. It is primarily a debug command and allows you to inspect the data structure defining a channel. Parameters for voice and signaling processing on a CVM voice channel are displayed by this command. Table 1-51 lists the parameters. Many of these parameters are also displayed elsewhere. Figure 1-74 illustrates the command display.
Parameter | Parameter | Parameter | Parameter |
---|---|---|---|
VC Index | Dial Type | TX Sig | iec converge. |
In Loss | TX A-D bit | RX Sig | Hi Pass F |
Out Loss | RX A-D bit | Clr Chn | es loss |
Chan Type | Signaling | Sig Rate | Fmodem |
Sig. Intg | Echo supr | PLY MSBhx | ADV |
Xmt. dlay | Wink Puls | PLY LSBhx | Cond ID |
Smpl dlay | TX A-D Qual | In use | iec erl lvl |
Bk noise | RX A-D Qual | DPU | iec Hregs. |
DSI smple | TX Code | iec cancel | iec tone dsbl |
Chan Util | RX Code | iec nlp | adpcm flag |
Onhk A-D |
|
|
|
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:06 PST
Channel Data Base for CDP card 7 chan. 000000 at address 30BF29EC
VC Index -1 Onhk C 4
In Loss 0 Onhk D 4
Out Loss 0 Dial Type 0
Chan Type 1 TX A bit 1
Sig. Intg 96 TX B bit 1
Xmt. dlay 5 TX C bit 0
Smpl dlay 1 TX D bit 1
Bk noise 67 RX A bit 1
DSI smple 168 RX B bit 1
Chan Util 40 RX C bit 0
Onhk A 3 RX D bit 1
Onhk B 3 Signalling TSP MODE
This Command: dspchan 7.1
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:07 PST
Channel Data Base for CDP card 7 chan. 000000 at address 30BF29EC
Echo supr 1 TX A Qual 3
Hi Pass F 1 TX B Qual 3
Float 1 TX C Qual 3
es loss 1 TX D Qual 3
Fmodem 64 RX A Qual 3
ADV 1 RX B Qual 3
Cond ID 0 RX C Qual 3
Wink Puls 20 RX D Qual 3
END OF UNI CNFG
This Command: dspchan 7.1
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:07 PST
Channel Data Base for CDP card 7 chan. 000000 at address 30BF29EC
TX CODE 3 iec cancel 0
RX CODE 3 iec nlp 1
TX SIG 0 iec converg. 1
RX SIG 0 iec erl lvl 1
CLR CHN 0 iec Hregs. 1
SIG RATE 0 iec tone dsbl 1
PLY MSBhx 1 adpcm flag 0
PLY LSBhx 90
In use 0
DPU -
Last Command: dspchan 7.1
Next Command:
The dspchstatcnf command displays the configuration of enabled statistics for a channel.
You use the cnfcdparm command to configure the channel statistics level (level 1, 2, or 3) on a BXM and UXM card.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfchstats, dspchstathist, cnfcdparm
dspchstatcnf <channel>]
<channel> | Specifies the channel whose statistics configuration you want to display. |
The dspchstatcnf command displays the enabled interval statistics for a channel. It is intended to help debug problems with statistics gathering. The command output is a list of the connection statistics as set by the cnfchstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager or by IGX features. Figure 1-75 illustrates a typical example.
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
pubsbpx1 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 May 24 1998 23:13 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Channel 5.1.100.100
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
41) AAL5 Cells Discarded for VCQ Full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
42) Average VCq Depth in Cells 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
43) Cells lost due to Rsrc Overflow 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
44) Cells discarded for SBIN full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
45) Cells Transmitted with EFCI(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
46) Cells Transmitted(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
47) Cells Received from Network 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
48) Cells discarded for QBIN full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
49) Cells discarded when QBIN>CLP 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
50) Cells Transmitted with CLP (Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
51) BCM Cells Received(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
This Command: dspchstatcnf 5.1.100.100
Continue?
The dspchstathist command displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a channel.
You can use the cnfdparm command to configure the channel statistics level on the BXM and UXM cards.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfchstats, cnfchlevel, dspchstatcnf
dspchstathist <channel> <stat> <owner> <interval>
<channel> | Specifies the channel. |
<stat> | Specifies the number of the statistic to view. |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the selected statistics's original configuration (the choices are "auto," "user," and "tftp"). |
<interval> | Specifies the time period of statistics collection to display. |
This command displays a history of the enabled statistics for a selected channel. It is intended for debugging problems with statistics gathering. It displays the data for the number of samples specified in the configuration of the channel statistic. You select a statistic from the list in the dspchstathist display. Specify only an enabled statistic.
Use the dspchstatcnf command to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Record the statistics types enabled, the collection interval, and owner; you will need this information to obtain the statistics history. Use cnfchstats to enable a statistic if it is not already enabled. Figure 1-76 illustrates a display for channel 6.1 packets transmitted (1 second interval) history.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 13:53 PDT
Packets Transmitted on Channel 6.1
Interval: 1 Minute(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), NO Peaks, Owner: Automatic
0 - 1699
-1 - 1698
-2 - 1698
-3 - 1699
-4 - 1698
-5 - 1698
-6 - 1698
-7 - 1699
-8 - 1697
-9 - 1699
Last Command: dspchstathist 6.1 7 1 AUTO
Next Command:
Use the dspchstats command to display all statistics configured as enabled for a selected channel. (This is referred to as a "summary statistics" command.)
For descriptions of dspchstats fields for the BXM card, refer to Table 1-47. Note that the object names given in the table may not match what appears on the screen. Similarly, the descriptions given may vary in some cases for actual behavior for a particular dspchstats statistic. (Field names will be provided in the FCS release of this document.)
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfchstats, dspchstatcnf
dspchstats <channel> [interval]
<channel> | specifies the channel defined according to the channel type (slot.port.vpi.vci, slot.port.DLCI, or slot.port for ATM, Frame Relay, or voice or data, respectively). |
<interval> | specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
This command displays the enabled statistics for the selected channel. It is intended for debugging problems with statistics gathering. It displays the data for the last five occurrences of the channel statistic. You select the channel statistic from the list displayed when you first enter the command.
Use the dspchstats command to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Record the statistics types enabled, the collection interval, and owneryou will need this information to get the statistics history. Use cnfchstats to enable a statistic if it is not already enabled. You can use cnfchlevel to configure a BXM or UXM card to additional levels of statistics (level 2 and level 3) in addition to level 1 statistics. Figure 1-77 shows a display for channel statistics on a UXM port.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 00:20 GMT
Channel Statistics: 5.1.70.100 Snapshot
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:00:00 Clrd: 04/04/98 16:47:00
Type Count Traffic Rate (cps)
Cells Received from Port 0 From port 0
Cells Transmitted to Network 0 To network 0
Cells Received from Network 0 From network 0
Cells Transmitted to Port 0 To port 0
EOF Cells Received from Port 0
Cells Received with CLP=1 0
Cells Received with CLP=0 0
Non-Compliant Cells Received 0
Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells 0
Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 0
Last Command: dspchstats 5.1.70.100
Next Command:
Table 1-52 gives some descriptions for fields on the dspchstats screen.
Object ID | Object (Field) Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3: Tag ID Byte 4-7: IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with ComBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
03 | LCN | 1 - 64K | R | Identifies which channel to collect statistics. |
05 | Rx Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
06 | Rx EOFs From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EOFs received at the ingress of the connection. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
07 | Rx Cells to Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the ingress that were sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
08 | Rx CLP=1 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (Note: This count is retrieved from the RCMP chip.) |
09-0B | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0C | Rx EFCI=1 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port with EFCI=1. [A:28, B:28] |
0D | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0E | Non-Compliant Cell Count (Total) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant discarded. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: his is a16-bit counter in the hardware -- it can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
0F | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 0 Only) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP 0 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardware -- it can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
10 | Non-Compliant Cell Count (CLP 1 Only) | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP 1 cells received at the ingress of the connection that were non-compliant dropped. [A:ALL, B:ALL]. (Note: This is a16-bit counter in the hardwareit can wrap in less than a second depending upon non-compliant rate.) |
11 | Ingress VC Q Depth | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Current Ingress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
15 | Rx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
16-1E | RESERVED |
|
|
|
1F | Tx Cells From Network | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
20 | Tx CLP=1 To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port with CLP=1. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
21 | Tx EFCI=1 To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port with EFCI=1. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
22 | Tx Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells transmitted out the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
23-26 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
27 | Loopback RTD Measurement | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | The Loopback Round Trip Delay measurement in msec. (Still under investigation.) Used to initiate the measurement (Set). The Get is used to get the last measurement known; or zero if now known. |
28 | Local Ingress Rx State | 0 : Okay 1 : FERF (aka RDI) 2 : AIS | 0 | The OAM connection state. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
29 | Rx CLP=0 Congested Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2A | Rx CLP=1 Congested Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the port and discarded due to congestion (after the policer). [A:ALL, B:None] |
2B | Rx CLP=0 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the port. [A:ALL, B:ALL] (NOTE: This stat is received from the RCMP.) |
2C | Tx CLP=0 Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2D | Tx CLP=0 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
2E | Rx CLP=0 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:ALL, B:12, B:28] |
2F | Tx CLP=1 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:ALL, B:28] |
30 | Rx CLP=1 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of CLP=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12,B:28] |
31 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells From Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the port. [A:28, B:28] |
32 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells To Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells transmitted to the port. [A:12,A:28, B:12, B:28] |
33 | Tx EFCI=0 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
34 | Rx EFCI=0 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=0 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
35 | Tx EFCI=1 Cells From Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=1 Cells received from the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
36 | Rx EFCI=1 Cells To Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EFCI=1 Cells sent to the backplane. [A:12, A:28, B:12, B:28] |
37 | Tx EOFs to Port | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells with EOF sent to the port. [A:12, A:28, B:28] |
38 | Tx EOFs from Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of EOFs received at the backplane. [B:12, B:28] |
39 | Rx EOFs to Backplane | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells with EOF sent to the backplane. [B:28] |
3A | Rx Segment OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3B | Tx Segment OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Segment OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3C | Rx End-to-End OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3D | Tx End-to-End OAM | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of End-to-End OAM cells received at the egress. [A:28, B:28] |
3E | Rx Forward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Forward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
3F | Tx Forward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Forward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
40 | Rx Backward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Backward RM cells received at the port. [A:28, B:28] |
41 | Tx Backward RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Backward RM cells received at the backplane. [A:28, B:28] |
42 | Rx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
43 | Tx Optimized Bandwidth Management RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Optimized Bandwidth Management RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
44 | Rx Undefined RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the port. [B:28] |
45 | Tx Undefined RM Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of Undefined RM cells received at the backplane. [B:28] |
46 | Tx Rsrc Ovfl Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to Resource Overflow. [B:ALL] |
47 | Rx VI Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
48 | Tx VI Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'ed at the backplane discarded because of a full Vi. [B:12, B:28] |
49 | Rx QBIN Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port discarded due to QBIN threshold violation. [B:12, B:28] |
4A | Tx QBIN Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were disc. due to QBIN threshold violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4B | Rx VC Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port that were disc. due to VC threshold violations. [B:12, B:28] |
4C | Tx VC Cell Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to VC threshold violations. [B:ALL] |
4D | Rx Cell Filter Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells received at the port that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4E | Tx Cell Filter Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that were discarded due to cell filter action. [B:12, B:28] |
4F | Rx Illegal Event Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the port that caused an reserved event in the hardware. [B:28] |
50 | Tx Illegal Event Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of cells rx'd at the backplane that caused an reserved event in the H/W. [B:28] |
51 | Ingress VSVD ACR | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Ingress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
52 | Egress VSVD ACR | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Egress VSVD allowed Cell Rate. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
53 | Egress VC Q Depth | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Current Egress VC Queue Depth. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
54 | Bkwd SECB | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
55 | Bkwd Lost Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
56 | Bkwd Misinserted Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
57 | Bkwd BIPV | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Backward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
58 | Fwd SECB | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Severely Errored Cell Blocks. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
59 | Fwd Lost Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Lost Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5A | Fwd Misinserted Cells | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Misinserted Cell Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5B | Fwd BIPV | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Forward reporting Performance Monitoring Bipolar Violation Count. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
5C-5F | RESERVED |
|
|
|
60 | SAR Good PDUs Rcv | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of good PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
61 | SAR Good PDUs Xmt | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of good PDUs transmitted by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
62 | SAR Rcv PDUs Discarded | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of PDUs discarded on the ingress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
63 | SAR Xmt PDUs Discarded | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of PDUs discarded on the egress by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
64 | SAR Invalid CRC PDUs Rcvd | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of invalid CRC32 PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
65 | SAR Invalid Length PDUs Rcvd | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of invalid-length PDUs received by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
66 | SAR Short Length Failures | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of short-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
67 | SAR Long Length Failures | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of long-length failures detected by the SAR. [A:ALL, B:ALL] |
The dspclnstatcnf command displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected circuit line.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfclnstats
dspclnstatcnf <line>
<line> Specifies the circuit line in the format slot or slot.line. If the card has only one line, you can enter just the slot.
This command displays the circuit line statistics as enabled by the cnfclnstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager or by IGX features. See Figure 1-78 for an example display.
The Owner column shows what set the statistic. If the owner is "Automatic," the statistic was derived from the features. If the node name appears under Owner, the statistic came from Cisco WAN Manager. If "User" is under Owner, the source of the statistic was the cnfchstats command.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:14 PST
Statistics Enabled on Circuit Line 7
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Frames Slips 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Losses of Signal 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Frames Bit Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
CRC Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Multi-Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
All Ones in Timeslot 16 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Last Command: dspclnstatcnf 7
Next Command:
The dspclnstathist command displays a history of statistics enabled for a circuit line.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfclnstats, dspclnstatcnf
dspclnstathist <line> <statistic number> <interval> <owner>
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). |
This command displays the last five occurrences of the circuit line statistic. The circuit line statistic is selected from the list displayed when you first enter this command. Use the dspclnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled for the selected channel. Use cnfclnstats to enable a statistic.
Figure 1-79 illustrates a display for T1 circuit line 14 bipolar violations (60 second interval) history.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 14:00 PDT
Bipolar Violations on Circuit Line 14
Interval: 60 Minute(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), 10 S Peaks, Owner: Automatic
0 - 0(0)
-1 - 0(0)
-2 - 0(0)
-3 - 0(0)
-4 - 0(0)
Last Command: dspclnstathist 14 1 60 AUTO
Next Command:
The dspcnf command displays the status for the configuration save/restore processes on all nodes in the network.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
savecnf, loadcnf, runcnf
dspcnf
This command displays the status for the configuration save/restore process. The display lists the various nodes, the backup ID name of the saved configuration, the time and date saved, and the Cisco WAN Manager terminal it is saved on. See Figure 1-80 for an example.
If the status displays "Reserved for Firmware," a firmware image is being maintained in memory after being loaded. Use the getfwrev 0.0 command to clear the firmware image. Likewise, if a configuration image is displayed, clear the old configuration image using savecnf clear or loadcnf clear.
Caution Do not use clrcnf without discussing the action with TAC. |
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 24 1998 18:21 PST
Node Backup ID Revision Date/Time (GMT) Status
-------- --------- -------- ----------------- ---------------------------------
sw78 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw81 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw84 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
sw79 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
sw86 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw83 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
Last Command: dspcnf
Next Command:
The dspdnld command displays the status of a download to a nodes.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
loadrev, getfwrev
dspdnld
This command displays the status of any software or firmware download operation from Cisco WAN Manager to the node controller card. You should be connected to the node being downloaded either directly or via virtual terminal connection. The display download command shows:
This command can be used to check how far along the download has progressed. Figure 1-81 illustrates the command screen. Blocks of data already downloaded appear highlighted; the remaining blocks appear dim. If there was no download initiated when this command was entered, the blocks of data will appear as all zeros.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:23 PST
dl_dest: Active CC dl_source: Active CC
dl_type: None dl_image: ROM (NPC)
30010800 30020800 30030800 30040800 30050800 30060800 30070800 30080800
30090800 300A0800 300B0800 300C0800 300D0800 300E0800 300F0800 30100800
30110800 30120800 30130800 30140800 30150800 30160800 30170800 30180800
30190800 301A0800 301B0800 301C0800 301D0800 301E0800 301F0800 30200800
30210800 30220800 30230800 30240800 30250800 30260800 30270800 30280800
30290800 302A0800 302B0800 302C0800 302D0800 302E0800 302E3E7C
Last Command: dspdnld
Next Command:
The dsputl command displays the percentage of channel utilization of data connections.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX
dsputl
dspdutl <start bslot> [clear]
<start bslot> | Specifies the slot where the data card is located. |
[clear] | Specifies that all data channel utilization buffers should be cleared after the display. |
This command displays the percentage utilization for the data connections starting at the back slot (bslot) number you specify. All data connections for the node are displayed (maximum of 32).
The percentage is calculated by dividing the number of packets transmitted over the total number of packets allocated to the specified channel. Only transmit packet rates are used. If percentage use exceeds the use configured, the channel appears in reverse video.
Figure 1-82 illustrates a display where there is very low utilization (2%) on three of the four ports and no utilization of the fourth port. Use the clear option to clear all slots. Use dsputl to display utilization for voice channels.
sw150 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 20:07 GMT
Percentage utilization Last Cleared: Date/Time Not Set Snapshot
From
Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13 6 99 99
Last Command: dspdutl 13
Next Command:
The dspecparm command displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected CDP echo canceller.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: No Node Type: IGX
cnfecparm
<line> | Specifies the circuit line to display. |
This command displays the Integrated Echo Canceller card parameters associated with the specified circuit line. These parameters are set using the cnfecparm command. Table 1-53 lists the parameter options. Figure 1-83 illustrates a typical display.
Number | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1 | Echo Return Loss High | Maximum ERL required for echo canceller to be enabled. |
2 | Echo Return Loss Low | Minimum ERL required for echo canceller to be enabled. |
3 | Tone Disabler Type | Selection of protocol to enable tone disabler. |
4 | Non-Linear Processing | Selects type of post-canceller signal. |
5 | NLP Threshold | Threshold to enable non-linear processing. |
6 | Noise Injection | Determines if noise will be injected when NLP is active. |
7 | Voice Template | Selection of echo canceller template to use. |
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 18:34 PST
IEC Line 7 Parameters
1 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss High (.1 dBs) [ 60] (D)
2 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss Low (.1 dBs) [ 30] (D)
3 CDP IEC Tone Disabler Type [ G.164]
4 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing [Center Clipper]
5 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing Threshold [ 18] (D)
6 CDP IEC Noise Injection [ Enabled]
7 CDP IEC Voice Template [ USA]
Last Command: dspecparm 7
Next Command:
The dspfpdsc command displays FastPAD card descriptor information.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX
dspfp, dspfps
This command displays FastPAD card descriptor information including:
Figure 1-84 illustrates the system response.
cc7 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:08 PST
FastPad Card Descriptor Configuration
Card in Use : 01 Card State : 03 FPD CNFG indx : 00
Port Index Array
FastPad Port Indx
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B
0000 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Last Command: dspfpdsc 31.2.B
Next Command:
The dspfwrev command displays the status of card firmware revision image loaded in the controller card's RAM.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
getfwrev, burnfwrev
This command displays the revision level and an indication of the length of the firmware in the controller card. It may require two screens to display all the parameters. Figure 1-85 illustrates the screen display. You can use this command while firmware is downloading to a node to get an idea of how far along the downloading process has progressed. The blocks already downloaded appear normal. Blocks that are yet to be downloaded appear shaded.
If no getfwrev command was issued, nothing displays. If "Configuration image present" displays, use the loadcnf clear command to clear this status.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 14:28 PDT
Firmware Size Status
F.D.A 256 K Complete
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
1 800800 410 22996DDA
1 800800 410 22996DDA
3 805E60 480 85CB29EA
4 80A630 70 57A938AE
4 80A630 70 57A938AE
6 810000 10000 338E45F6
7 820000 4400 95990113
8 835000 1810 875771B2
9 8368A0 15D0 4C597B97
This Command: dspfwrev
Continue?
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 14:29 PDT
Firmware Size Status
F.D.A 256 K Complete
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
10 838000 20F0 0F4898D2
11 83A100 1E20 175F4B39
12 83C000 2FC0 F39B0302
13 83F000 1B0 E755FE4E
14 83FFFE 2 A1F4726D
Last Command: dspfwrev
Next Command:
The dsphitless command displays the statistical history of hitless rebuilds that may have occurred within the configured thresholding period. This thresholding period is described under the cnfnodeparm command, under Index #42, Maximum Hitless Rebuild Count, and Index #43, Hitless Counter Reset Time parameters.
A statistical history of hitless rebuilds are stored in BRAM, and will survive a full rebuild. Two records of hitless rebuilds are maintained: one will contain information that is within the current thresholding window. When a full rebuild occurs, the hitless rebuild statistics from the current window will be moved to a saved area, and a new current window will begin.
You can enter some optional parameters with the dsphitless command, which displays either a summary screen or a detailed screen giving the history of hitless rebuilds. There can be two different versions of each screen, one for the current window and one for the saved previous window. See the Syntax section below for a list of optional parameters you can use with the dsphitless command.
If you do not provide any optional parameter, then the default values shown under "Syntax" will be used.
Refer to the screen under System Response to display the time and cause of each hitless rebuild that has occurred since the statistical record of hitless rebuilds was last cleared.
The Hitless Rebuild feature provides the ability for a node to effectively rebuild without affecting user traffic. It substantially decreases the time it takes for the BPX software to settle into its normal operating state after a rebuild.
In recent releases, much work has gone into the control software to prevent restarts. Better queue memory management techniques, faster standby updates, Soft Reset, and Rebuild Prevention are all examples. However, if it is necessary to restart the control software, and a switchover is not possible, then the node will still do a full rebuild. A node with many connections may take a couple of hours to restore itself fully to the network. In the meantime, it is in communication break with some nodes and some network connections are not routed or are not on their preferred routes.
The way to prevent rebuilds is to be able to do a software restart on the processor card without doing a full rebuild of the system. In particular, it is necessary to avoid resetting the line or trunk cards, or interfere with user traffic in any way during the control software restart. This concept is known as a "hitless rebuild".
Hitless Rebuild is a modification of control software restart to prevent a full configuration rebuild of the node being done. During most software restarts, the interface cards are not reset to preserve their configurations. In particular, the case where the standby processor card is failed or absent, and the active card must abort will no longer cause a full rebuild.
BRAM Battery-backed RAM. This is where permanent configuration information for a node is kept.
CC Control Card, or processor card. The control card on the BPX is the BCC.
DB Database. An element in the current configuration state of the system. This includes both derived information, such as current route, and configured information, such as preferred route. Some databases are stored in BRAM so that they survive system initializations and power outages. The Hitless Rebuild feature in Release 9.2 affects databases stored in RAM.
pSOS The off-the-shelf operating system kernel used with switch software that runs on the BPX and IGX.
The Hitless Rebuild feature requires Release 9.2 or later switch software, and works on both the BPX and IGX platforms. This feature is local to a node. Hitless Rebuild will function correctly on nodes that are running software that contains the feature, even in a network with mixed software releases, some of which do not have the feature.
Hitless Rebuild will operate during upgrades, but will not operate during a downgrade. If a failure occurs that would normally result in a controller card switchover, but the switchover needs to be suppressed due to the different software releases running on the two processors, then a hitless rebuild will be done instead.
If a backoff must be done from an upgrade, then a full rebuild will occur. A backoff refers to the state where the new switch software revision has been loaded as the secondary image, and the decision is made to go back to the original revision.
There are no operational problems if, during an upgrade, the new release of software has the Hitless Rebuild feature and the older release does not. Hitless Rebuild will just operate on the processor card with the newer release.
The purpose of the Hitless Rebuild feature is to minimize the impact on user traffic when a processor card must reinitialize. Unlike with a full rebuild, the effect of a control plane failure should have minimal impact upon the user plane. Line and trunk cards should not be reset during a hitless rebuild. Rather than having a node with many connections take up to two hours to restore itself fully to the network, a hitless rebuild will take, at most, only a little longer than a processor card switchover. All existing user connections should be maintained through the initialization. LMI continuity and trunk state should also be preserved.
During a traditional full rebuild, all databases are rebuilt from BRAM. The approach to doing a hitless rebuild is to maintain databases that cannot be rebuilt without affecting user connections, and to rebuild from BRAM any that will not affect user connections. Some key consistency checking of the preserved databases will be performed, such as topology consistency checking, to ensure that the hitless rebuild will work.
In general, almost all software aborts will result in a processor card switchover. If this is not possible, then a hitless rebuild will usually be done. Hitless rebuild is used only when a switch to the standby processor card is not possible or reasonable. For more details on specific types of potential problems that lead to hitless rebuilds or other types of initializations, see Table 1-53, Echo Canceller Parameters.
The main functional difference in behavior from previous switch software release is that after a rebuild, the control software will settle quickly into its normal operating state, rather than taking a very long time to reset cards and reroute connections.
You use the CLI to enable/disable the Hitless Rebuild feature, and to configure the maximum frequency of hitless rebuilds that can occur before the node enters degraded mode, or a full rebuild is performed.
Most aspects of a full rebuild and a hitless rebuild function the same way. For example, initial synchronization between the switch and Cisco WAN Manager and the loss of statistics information will remain the same.
Sometimes shortly after a switchover, the new active processor card will run some diagnostics and detect a failure, causing it to switch back to the original active card. The Hitless Rebuild feature will improve this situation under most conditions. Following any processor card switchover, the new standby will rebuild, preserving the key databases needed for a hitless rebuild (11 seconds). When database updates can start, the standby will rebuild again doing a normal standby rebuild (11 seconds). If there is a failure on the new active card that causes it to switch back before updates can start, the card taking over will do a hitless rebuild. If the active processor card fails while still updating its standby, it will perform a hitless rebuild.
The time it takes the updates to complete to the standby card is 15-25 minutes. A full active rebuild takes about 45 seconds. (These numbers are based on measurements done in Release 8.4.)
During any active control card failure, a decision must be made about the type of initialization to undertake. Table 1-54 shows the possible conditions and the corresponding actions to take.
Reason | Standby Ready | Standby Updating | Standby Not Ready Not Updating | Standby State Un-known | Standby Does not exist | Standby in Upgrade | Standby State not applicable |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Aborts (examples include: - bad logical ptr - bad nib DB - bad topology - memory allocs - out of buffers - bad primary revision | switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Abort (CC mastership error. Active now is standby card) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | full standby rebuild (DBs are corrupted) |
Exceptions - Write Protect - Address Error - Trap Error - Bus Unknown | switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Exceptions - Parity Error | switch | Hitless
| Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Exceptions - Spurious Int | switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Bad Image CRC | switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
WatchDog Time-out | switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
User Command - clrallcnf - clrcnf - resetcd H | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | full rebuild |
Bad Comm Bus | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Degrade Mode |
Bus Diagnostics (destructive) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | full rebuild |
configuration Changes - runcnf | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | full rebuild |
bad BCC card | switch | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore | N/A |
Bad Crosspoint | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore | ignore |
Preparation for revision change (happens only on the standby card) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | full standby rebuild |
Revision Switch | switch | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Hitless rebuild on standby |
primary Revision Change | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild on either card |
starting the updates to the standby card - message is sent by the active card | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild on the standby card |
User switchcc (switchcc)
(hitless on standby card) | switch | - switch - full rebuild on newly active - hitless rebuild on standby | switch - hitless rebuild on standby
-active rebuild depends on rebuild flag state | N/A | N/A | N/A | Hitless rebuild on the standby card |
When a controller card switchover to the new card occurs, the new standby card (unless shown differently in Table 1-54) will perform a hitless rebuild maintaining the databases. These databases will be maintained, allowing this card to take over without affecting traffic until the updates are started. After the updates have started, the new standby card will do a full rebuild to get ready to receive the updates. The duration of the standby updates are 15-25 minutes (based on Release 8.4 measurements).
When the threshold is exceeded and the node is to enter degraded mode, a hitless rebuild will take place first, and degraded mode will be entered after the hitless rebuild completes.
As part of the Hitless Rebuild feature, the Autobus diagnostic feature on the node will be disabled. This is done because the feature is destructive, and it requires the node to undergo a series of full rebuilds causing the node to be out of the network for a long duration of time.
Full rebuilds result in the complete initialization of all RAM memory regions. Before the Hitless Rebuild feature, there was no need to save any databases in RAM through an initialization. All databases were rebuilt from configuration stored in BRAM. For a rebuild to be hitless, databases containing certain types of critical information related to trunks, connections, and so on., must survive intact in RAM.
Configuration data that must survive a hitless rebuild will be moved to regions where it will remain intact. These new regions are now managed by the new memory management algorithm, and will be known as "hitless regions."
A user logged into a node will be able to see the changes by using the Profiler. The user commands "dspprf" and "dspprfhist" show some statistics related to memory usage. (Refer to the Service commands for descriptions of dspprf and dspprfhist commands. Note that you must have service level privileges to use the debug, or Service-level commands.)
The Hitless Rebuild feature does not cause many changes to errors or alarms. However, most of the conditions that cause a hitless rebuild will themselves generate errors or alarms. There are no changes to these.
The Hitless Rebuild feature introduce two new events, indicating the end of a hitless rebuild or a full rebuild. These will be logged into the local event log on the node (which you can view with dsplog).
Corresponding Robust Card Alarm messages will also be sent from the node to Cisco WAN Manager, and these will result in traps being generated and sent to Cisco WAN Manager's RTM proxy. The traps will make the information available to external network management systems that register for traps on Cisco WAN Manager.
As always, the Robust Alarm mechanism does not guarantee that all alarm state transitions will result in messages being sent to Cisco WAN Manager. The mechanism guarantees that "current state" information will be sent. However, when multiple transitions occur close together, only the last one is guaranteed. During a rebuild, a few changes may occur quickly.
The Robust Card Alarm messages sent to Cisco WAN Manager have the following values:
Trap Type: The current state of the card. (Fail, Active, Down, and so on.)
Alarm Class: (1) Info
Reason: (3107) BCC Completed hitless rebuild.
(3108) BCC Completed full rebuild.
This Robust Card Alarm messages will result in Cisco WAN Manager traps of the following type:
TrapType: (20004) Card Alarm
TrapReason: (3107) BCC Completed hitless rebuild
(3108) BCC Completed full rebuild
The purpose of the Hitless Rebuild feature is to dramatically improve performance of switch software during rebuilds, and to return the node to normal operation as quickly as possible. The intent is to minimize the effect of a control plane failure on the user plane when a node must rebuild. All existing user connections must be maintained through the initialization. LMI continuity and trunk state must be preserved. Unlike a full rebuild, which will result in communication failures, a hitless rebuild will not result in communication failures.
When a hitless rebuild is completed, the node will go through consistency checks to verify the databases. Some of these include topology checking, and verification of LCONS and VIA LCONS to have valid end points. The line card consistency checks done during a hitless rebuild will be the same as that done when a switchover to the standby takes place.
The line and trunk cards should not reset during a hitless rebuild. Rather than having a node with many connections take up to two hours to restore itself fully to the network, a hitless rebuild takes, at most, only a little longer than a processor card switchover.
During normal switch operation, or during normal switchovers into hot standby processor cards, the Hitless Rebuild feature should have no impact on the performance of switch software.
The Hitless Rebuild feature is a direct improvement to the survivability of the BPX. It significantly reduces the possibility that a failure in the control plane will cause a failure in the user plane. The main purpose of hitless rebuild is to avoid, as much as possible, affecting the user traffic through a node when processor card redundancy is unusable or itself fails and the control card software must rebuild.
Table 1-55 shows the steps for a normal switchcc. The standby is ready (in Standby state). Up to step 4 the new standby (card 7) can do a hitless rebuild if necessary. Note that a standby card rebuild is not the same as an active card rebuild. This is the same for both normal and hitless rebuilds.
The normal abort case is almost identical to this case. In step 1, the abort causes an automatic switch. The remaining steps are the same.
Steps | Card 7 | Card 8 |
---|---|---|
Step 1. | Active BCC | Standby BCC - Ready |
Step 2. | User issues 'switchcc'. |
|
Step 3. | Does Standby Hitless Rebuild, not ready to receive updates, can do Hitless Rebuild. | Activates itself. |
Step 4. |
| Kicks off standby updates. Can now do a Hitless Rebuild. |
Step 5. | Does normal standby rebuild. | Waits for standby |
Step 6. | Enters normal standby mode, ready to receive updates, cannot do Hitless Rebuild. |
|
Step 7. |
| Starts standby updates and network updates. |
Table 1-56 shows the possible actions by the active card during an abort operation when the standby card is not ready.
Card 7 | Card 8 | |
---|---|---|
0 | Active BCC | Standby BCC - Not Ready |
1 | Abort occurs |
|
2 | Does active Hitless Rebuild. |
|
3 | Tries to start standby updates. |
|
4 | Starts network updates. |
|
In the case of a Commbus failure (see Table 1-57), the active card is no longer certain of the state of any other card. In particular, it can make no assumptions about the state of the standby BCC.
Card 7 | Card 8 | |
---|---|---|
0 | Active BCC | Standby BCC - Any |
1 | Commbus failure detected. |
|
2 | Enter Degraded Mode if feature is enabled. Otherwise, a full rebuild will occur. |
|
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfnodeparm, resetcd, switchcc, dspcds, dsplog
The dsphitless command displays the statistical history of hitless rebuilds that may have occurred within the configured thresholding period. This thresholding period is part of the super user command cnfnodeparm.
Statistical history of hitless rebuilds will be stored in BRAM, and will survive a full rebuild. Two records of hitless rebuilds will be kept. One will contain information that is within the current thresholding window. When a full rebuild occurs, the hitless rebuild statistics from the current window will be moved to a saved area, and a new current window will begin.
The command dsphitless accepts some optional parameters, and will display either a summary screen or a detailed screen providing the history of hitless rebuilds. There can be two different versions of each screen, one for the current window and one for the saved previous window. See the Syntax section for a list of the optional parameters.
Note that you can use the f, a, c, and d options listed below on the command line at the same time (for example, dsphitless -d -a).
sw99 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.2.10 Aug. 27 1998 14:59 GMT
current hitless rebuild count: 7
high water mark: 9
cnf max before full rebuild: 10
cnf reset timer: 24 hours
most recent hitless rebuild: 08/27/98 14:27:09
oldest hitless still in count: 08/27/98 11:42:18
Hitless stats cleared: 07/29/98 12:00:05
Action when cnf max is exceeded: full rebuild
Last Command: dsphitless
Next Command:
sw99 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2.10 Aug. 27 1998 14:59 GMT
1 04/07/98 14:27:09 software abort 1000003
2 04/07/98 13:58:46 software abort 1000003
3 04/07/98 13:32:24 software abort 1000003
4 04/07/98 12:57:36 software abort 1000003
5 04/07/98 12:28:29 software abort 1000003
6 04/07/98 12:07:16 software abort 1000003
7 04/07/98 11:42:18 software abort 1000003
Last Command: dsphitless d p
Next Command:
The dsplnstatcnf command displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected line.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnflnstats
<line> | Specifies the line. |
This command displays the line statistics as enabled by the cnflnstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. (Note that the dsplnstatcnf command is the same as dspclnstatcnf.) Figure 1-87 illustrates an example display.
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:38 PST
Statistics Enabled on Circuit Line 15
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Bipolar Violations 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Frames Slips 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Losses of Signal 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Frames Bit Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
CRC Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Multi-Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
All Ones in Timeslot 16 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Last Command: dsplnstatcnf 15
Next Command:
The dsplnstathist command displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected line.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnflnstats, dsplnstatcnf
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). |
This command displays the last five occurrences of the line statistic. (Note that dspclnstathist the command is the same as dsplnstathist.) The line statistic is selected from the list displayed when this command is first entered. Use the dsplnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Use cnflnstats to enable a statistic.
Figure 1-88 illustrates an example display.
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Mar. 24 1998 16:33 PST
Line Statistic Types
3) Loss of Frames 41) BIP-8 Errors
4) Loss of Signal 42) BIP-8 Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violation 43) BIP-8 Severely Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sev. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 46) HCS Errors
33) Errored Seconds - Parity 98) Frame Sync Errors
34) Severely Err Secs - Parity 141) FEBE Counts
35) Path Parity Errors 143) Cell Framing FEBE Err. Secs.
36) Errored Secs - Path 144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs.
37) Severely Err Secs - Path 145) Cell Framing FEBE Counts
38) Severely Err Frame Secs
40) Unavail. Seconds
This Command: dsplnstathist 5.1
Continue?
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Mar. 24 1998 16:34 PST
Line Statistic Types
146) Cell Framing FE Counts
147) HCS Errored Seconds
148) HCS Severely Err. Secs.
151) YEL Transitions
152) Cell Framing YEL Transitions
153) Alarm Indication Signal
194) HCS Correctable Error
195) HCS Correctable Error Err. Secs
196) HCS Correctable Error SevErr Secs
This Command: dsplnstathist 5.1
Statistic Type:
The dspphyslnstatcnf command displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected line on a UXM card.
The dspphyslnstatcnf command now lets you configure the additional physical line statistics (which support the ATM Forum compliant IMA protocol). Table 1-58 provides a summary and description of these statistics.
Statistics | Statistics |
---|---|
IMA Violations | Near End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA) |
Near End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA) | Far End Tx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE) |
Far End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA-FE) | Far End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE) |
Near End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA) | Near End Tx No. of Failures (Tx-FC) |
Far End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA-FE) | Near End Rx No. of Failures (Rx-FC) |
Near End Tx Unusable Seconds (Tx-UUS-IMA) |
|
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfphyslnstats
<line> | Specifies the line. |
This command displays the physical line statistics on a UXM card as enabled by the cnfphyslnstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. Figure 1-89 illustrates an example display.
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 32 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:38 PST
Statistics Enabled on Circuit Line 15
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Bipolar Violations 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Frames Slips 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Losses of Signal 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Frames Bit Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
CRC Errors 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Out of Multi-Frames 60 0 4 NONE IGX
All Ones in Timeslot 16 60 0 4 NONE IGX
Last Command: dspphyslnstatcnf 15
Next Command:
The dspphyslnstathist command displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected physical line on an active IMA trunk on a UXM card.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfphyslnstats, dspphyslnstatcnf
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). |
This command displays the last five occurrences of the line statistic for a physical line on an active IMA trunk on a UXM card. The line statistic is selected from the list displayed when this command is first entered. Use the dspphyslnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Use cnfphyslnstats to enable a statistic.
Figure 1-90 illustrates an example display.
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 15 9.2 Mar. 24 1998 16:33 PST
Line Statistic Types
3) Loss of Frames 41) BIP-8 Errors
4) Loss of Signal 42) BIP-8 Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violation 43) BIP-8 Severely Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sev. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 46) HCS Errors
33) Errored Seconds - Parity 98) Frame Sync Errors
34) Severely Err Secs - Parity 141) FEBE Counts
35) Path Parity Errors 143) Cell Framing FEBE Err. Secs.
36) Errored Secs - Path 144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs.
37) Severely Err Secs - Path 145) Cell Framing FEBE Counts
38) Severely Err Frame Secs
40) Unavail. Seconds
This Command: dspphyslnstathist 15
Next Command:
The dspportstatcnf command displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected Frame Relay port.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
cnfportstats
<line> | Specifies the port in the form slot.port: do NOT enter the DLCI. |
This command displays the enabling of Frame Relay port statistics. These are the statistics set by the cnfportstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. See Figure 1-91 for an example display.
The owner column shows what set the statistic. If the owner column is "Automatic", it was set by feature; if it is "node name" it was set by Cisco WAN Manager; if it is "user", it was set with the cnfportstats command.
gamma Cisco WAN Manager YourID Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 13:47
PDT
Statistics Enabled on Port 8.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Frames Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Frames Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Bytes Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Last Command: dspportstatcnf 8.1
The dspportstathist command displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected Frame Relay port.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Type: IGX
cnfportstats, dspportstatcnf
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample (1-255 minutes). |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). |
This command displays the data for the last five occurrences of the port statistic. The port statistic is selected from the list displayed when this command is first entered. Use the dspportstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected port. Use cnfportstats to enable a statistic.
Figure 1-92 illustrates a display for FR port 8.2 DE Frames Dropped (1 second interval) history.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 14:15 PDT
DE Frames Dropped on Port 8.2
Interval: 1 Minute(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), NO Peaks, Owner: IGX User
0 - 0
-1 - 0
-2 - 0
-3 - 0
Last Command: dspportstathist 8.2 19 1 USER
Next Command:
The dsprevs command displays the system software revision running on all nodes in the network.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
runrev, loadrev
This command displays the configuration and status of the primary and secondary software revisions for all nodes in the network. The primary revision is the software that is running on the node. The secondary revision is the software that is available in memory but not being run. Table 1-59 lists the various status messages. Figure 1-93 illustrates a typical display.
Status | Description |
---|---|
unavailable | The revision is currently unavailable for the node displayed. The revision has not propagated to the node yet. |
available | The node has located the specified revision but has not yet downloaded it. |
partial | The revision was only partially downloaded. Indicates the download was temporarily interrupted. |
downloading | The revision is in the process of being downloaded. Blocks of data are being transferred. |
loaded | The revision has completed downloading but is not ready for running. |
upgrading | The controller card is being upgraded by the current revision. This process generally occurs immediately following the download. |
upgraded | The upgrade procedure has been completed. |
running | The primary revision is currently being used to run the node. |
sw171 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.h0 June 26 1998 14:52 GMT
------ Primary ------ ----- Secondary -----
NodeName Status Revision Status Revision
sw29 Running 9.2.h3
sw43 Running 9.2.h5
sw44 Running 9.2.h3
sw171 Running 9.2.h0 Loaded 9.2.h9
sw177 Running
sw106 Running 9.2.h3
sw181 Running 9.2.h3
Lowest revision running in net: 9.2.h0
Last Command: dsprevs
Next Command:
The dsprobst command displays the statistics associated with the Robust Alarms feature.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnfrobparm
[clear] | Specifies that the statistics buffers should be cleared after the display. |
This command displays the statistics associated with the Robust Alarms messages between the node and Cisco WAN Manager NMS. The optional "clear" argument clears the statistics buffers. Figure 1-94 illustrates a sample display screen.
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 05:43 GMT
Robust Communications Statistics since : Date/Time Not Set
Updts msg xmit: 0
Updts msg ackd: 0
Updts ack tout: 0
LCBs freed: 0
Updts ack reset: 0
Last Command: dsprobst
Next Command:
The dsprrst command displays the connection rerouting statistics for the network.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
rrtcon, drtop
[s] |
|
[clear] | Specifies that the reroute statistics buffers should be cleared after the display. |
This command displays the statistics related to connection rerouting resulting from failed trunks. These statistics may be useful in determining the performance of the reroute algorithm. Use the "clear" option to clear the counters before accumulating the statistics. Table 1-60 lists reroute statistics.
Statistic | Description |
---|---|
Number of Completed Routes | This is the total number of connections routed since the NPC rebuilt. |
Number of Failed Routes | This is the number of attempted reroutes that failed for any reason. |
Number of Collisions | During a reroute, the initiating node locks all nodes on the route until rerouting is done. If another node attempts to reroute through a locked node, a collision occurs, so the second node must wait then retry. |
Max. # of Consec. Collisions | Is the count of consecutive collisions as defined above. |
Max/Avg Secs To Select Route | Time taken within the initiating node to select a new route. |
Max/Avg Secs To Perform Route | Time taken to contact and lock the nodes on the new route and perform the rerouting process. |
Avg Secs to Route a Conn: | Time to perform a reroute divided by the average number of connections in a bundle. |
% of Collisions/Rrt Attempt | Another statistic derived from the number of collisions and the number of reroute attempts. |
Max Secs To NOT find Route | Similar to "max secs to select a route" except that the algorithm finished and no route was found. |
Number of Routes not found | Number of routes not found in the rerouting process. This parameter updates periodically as a heartbeat to check for activity. |
# of Rrts with rrt req_bit set | Number connections awaiting reroute. If rrt_req bit is set, a reroute was not successful; or trunk deletions or loading additions mean connections must be rerouted. Rerouting clears the rrt_req bit. |
Address of Forced Rrt Counts | NPC memory address for database information. |
Max routes checked in search | Maximum number of PLNs examined in a search for a new route. |
Max good rts checked in search | Maximum number of possible routes found before the search ended. The value should be 1. |
# our lns rmvd from under us | Measure the number of changes to topology and loading that occurred while rerouting was in progress. |
# lines rmvd out from under us | Same as above. |
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.a1 Apr. 7 1998 05:49 GMT
Conn. Routing Statistics LOC_DOMAIN
Number of Completed Routes: 0 Blocked by other st machines: 0
Number of Failed Routes: 0 Timeouts waiting for ACK/NACK: 0
Number of Collisions: 0 Timeouts in LOCKED state: 0
Max # of Consec Collisions: 0 Number of Routes Not found: 0
Max Secs To Select Route: 0.000 # of Rrts with rrt_req bit set: 0
Max Secs To Perform Route: 0.000 Address of Forced Rrt Counts: 313F9860
Max Bundle Size Routed: 0 Max routes checked in search: 0
Avg Secs To Select Route: 0.000 Max good rts checked in search: 0
Avg Secs To Perform Route 0.000 # nibs rmvd out from under us: 0
Avg Secs To Route a Conn: 0.000 # our lns rmvd from under us: 0
Avg Bundle Size Routed: 0 # lns rmvd from under us: 0
% of Collisions/Rrt Attempt: 0% Number of conid conflicts: 0
Max Secs To NOT find Route: 0.022 Number of LCON deroutes: 0
Times conns deletd while rtng: 0 Number of VLCON deroutes: 0
This Command: dsprrst
Continue?y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.a1 Apr. 7 1998 05:50 GMT
Conn. Routing Statistics LOC_DOMAIN
# conns added to Rrt waitlist: 0 # no destination trunk: 0
# conns unroutable: 0 # lowest cost route found: 0
# Reroute_Line_Debug: 4000103 # lowest cost route not found: 0
# Reroute_Debug: FFFFFFFF # unsuccessful cache usage: 0
# Upd_via_info: 0 # successful cache usage: 0
# diff rrt cons number: 0 # successful on-demand: 0
# hop count exceeded: 0
# cost exceeded: 0
# delay exceeded: 0
# open cell space too low: 0
# open packet space too low: 0
# open conid space too low: 0
# open GW LCN space too low: 0
# lowest cost path replaced: 0
Last Command: dsprrst
Next Command:
The dspsig command displays the current signaling state received at the node from the specified voice channel.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX
cnfclnsigparm, cnfrcvsig, dspclnsigparm
<start_channel> | First voice channel in the format slot.port. |
This command displays the current signaling state received at the node from the specified voice channel. The status of the transmit and receive A and B signaling bits (for DS1 trunks) or A, B, C and D signaling bits (for E1 trunks) are displayed as a 0 or 1. The status of the bits (0 or 1) depends on the signaling type utilized on the connection displayed. The transmit direction of transmission is towards the remote node; the receive direction is towards the local circuit line.
The dspsig command can be used to verify the connection signaling type. Figure 1-96 illustrates a typical screen. If you compare the A/B bit states on-hook and off-hook with those shown in the dspchcnf command, you will note that the node passes signaling straight through. The signaling definition is only important for monitoring the on-hook/off-hook state and setting conditioning patterns.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 19:25 PST
Signalling Information
From 7.1 TXAbit TXBbit TXCbit TXDbit RXAbit RXBbit RXCbit RXDbit no_serv
7.1-15 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
7.17-31 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
Last Command: dspsig 7.1
Next Command:
The dspslot command displays system information associated with a specific card in the node.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
<slot number> | Specifies the shelf slot number. |
This command displays system information associated with a specific card in the node. The information can help you debug card failures. When a card failure is reported to the Cisco TAC, the TAC engineer records the parameters for the associated card displayed by using dspslot.
The information displayed by the dspslot command is unique to the card and is used primarily by the controller card to supervise background system tasks. Figure 1-97 illustrates a typical displayan FRP in this case. Table 1-61 lists the slot parameters you can display on a node.
Use this command to add information on a failed card when you return it. Print the screen or otherwise record the information and return it with the faulty card to Cisco.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 19:27 PST
Card Data Base for FRP card in slot 6 at address 30BD820C
Logical Card 6 Test in Prog 0
Verify DB Flag 0 Slft Res Abort 0
Info Ptr 30B88C2C Slft Abort 0
Last Event TEST_FREE Last Test BKGD_TEST
Fail Inter 0 FRP Test Fail 0
Selftest Fail 0 FRP Test Fail I 0
Selftest Inter 0 FRP Port Test Fail 0
Selftest Timeout 0 FRP Port Capacity 31
Con Test Fail 0 FRP Line Capable 1
Red LED Flag 0 FRP V35 Capable 0
Restart Reason Not maintained FRP X21 Capable 0
Selftest Results FRP NNI/CLLM Cap 1
FRP CGW/ATFR Cap 1
Last Command: dspslot 6
Next Command:
Item | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1 | Logical Card | This number represents the type of card. |
2 | Verify DB Flag | Verify database flag. Concerned with database and memory. |
3 | Info Ptr | Information pointer. Concerned with database and memory. |
4 | Last Event | This is the previous state of the card known to the NPC. |
5 | Fail Inter | Indicates intermittent card failure. |
6 | Selftest Fail | Indicates self-test fail condition. |
7 | Selftest Inter | Indicates intermittent self-test failure. |
8 | Selftest Timeout | Self-test routine timed out before completion. |
9 | Con Test Fail | Indicates failure of the test con command. |
10 | Red LED Flag | Indicates front panel FAIL LED on. |
11 | Restart Reason | Reason for last card reset. |
12 | Selftest Results | Results of last self-test for card. |
13 | Test in Prog | Indicates card test is in progress. |
14 | Slft Res Abort | Not used. |
15 | Slft Abort | Not used. |
16 | Card Stats Up | A "1" indicates statistics are being collected on this card. |
17 | Sib Pointer | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
18 | Summary stats | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
19 | Detailed stats | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
20 | Bus Mastership | For BCC, this indicates whether this is the slave BCC. For other cards, this is not used. |
21 | Last Test | Last test performed on card in this slot. |
The dspslotstatcnf command displays enabled statistics for a BXM card.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: BPX
cnfslotstats
<slot> | Specifies the slot where the BXM resides. |
This command displays the enabled BXM card slot statistics. These statistics are set by the cnfslotstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. See Figure 1-98 for slot statistics for a BXM node. Note that "Monarch" is a BXM card.
The "Owner" column shows what set the statistic, as follows:
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Apr. 7 1998 14:02 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Slot 2
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
1) Standby PRBS Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
2) Rx Invalid Port Errs 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
3) PollA Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
4) PollB Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
5) Bad Grant Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
6) Tx Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
7) Rx Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
8) Bframe parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
9) SIU phase Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
10) Rx FIFO Sync Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
11) Poll Clk Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
12) CK 192 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
13) Monarch Specific Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
This Command: dspslotstatcnf 2
Continue?
The dspslotstathist command displays a history of statistics enabled for a BXM card slot.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Type: BPX
cnfslotstats, dspslotstatcnf
<slot> | Specifies the slot. |
This command displays the data for the last five occurrences of the slot statistic. The statistic is selected from the list displayed when this command is first entered. Use the dspslotstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected slot. Use cnfslotstats to enable a statistic.
The dspstatfiles command displays TFTP statistics file information for the current node.
Privilege: SuperUser Jobs: No Log: No Help: No History: OK Lock: No Hipri: No
Type: BPX and IGX
dspstatparms, cnfstatparms, cnfnodeparm, dspstatmem
[d] | Optional. Specifies a detailed display for command output. |
These files contain statistics for switch objects (such as connections, lines, trunks, ports, and so forth) that are reported to the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) by means of the Trivial File Transport Protocol (TFTP).
Display TFTP statistics file information for the current node.
Default display example:
dspstatfiles
sw62 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.2.36 Jan. 24 2001 01:24 GMT
KEY:A = Active File, S = Switchover occured, R = Stats Reset, K = Stats Skewed
E = Stats just enabled, W = Write Failure, M = Made while standby
FILE NAME FLAGS FILE NAME FLAGS
sw62.0124010030 M
sw62.0124010030 M
sw62.0124010045 M
sw62.0124010100 SE
sw62.0124010115 R
sw62.0000000000 A
Last Command:dspstatfiles
Next Command:
SW CD MAJOR ALARM
Field definitions for default display:
A = Active File - The active file.
S = Switchover occured - A CC switch over occurred while the file was active.
R = Stats Reset - While the file was active a user executed the
"rststats" command, or a there was a time change
large enough to invalidate the current collection.
K = Stats Skewed - Due to cbus message throttling some statistics
polls may have been skipped. The stats were picked
up by a later poll, but due to a file rollover the
stats were skewed into the new active file.
E = Stats just enabled - New statistics were enabled while the file was
active.
W = Write Failure - The file could not be written because the file
size exceeded the remaining memory allocated for
TFTP files. This is an error condition. The
software error 2051 is logged to provide information
about the error condition.
M = Made while standby - The stats in the file were collected by the active
CC while the current CC was standby.
Display detailed TFTP statistics file information for the current node:
dspstatfiles d
sw62 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.2.36 Jan. 24 2001 01:10 GMT
File: sw62.0124010030 File: sw62.0124010030
Next File Ptr: 0x307C0EB0 Next File Ptr: 0x307C0A30
Data Block Ptr: 0x307C10F0 Data Block Ptr: 0x307C0C70
File Length: 53 File Length: 53
File Memory: 1152 File Memory: 1152
Data Length: 512 Data Length: 512
Tftp_File_Size Tftp_File_Size
at creation: 573 at creation: 573
Enter Long Fails:0 Enter Long Fails:0
Enter Fails: 0 Enter Fails: 0
This Command:dspstatfiles d
Continue?
SW CD MAJOR ALARM
The dspstatmem command displays memory usage for statistics collection.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
This command displays memory usage for statistics collection. It is intended for debugging statistics collection problems, not everyday use. The command shows the amount of controller card memory allocated by the user to statistics display (defaults to 650 Kbytes).
The memory occupied by USER is used for user-enabled statistics. Figure 1-99 illustrates a typical screen. The memory occupied by USER figure is that used by the Cisco WAN Manager user. Memory occupied by AUTO is that used by node features.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 19:29 PST
User Configured Statistics Memory (In bytes) = 624640
Memory Occupied by USER (In bytes) = 0
Memory Occupied by AUTO (In bytes) = 21584
Last Command: dspstatmem
Next Command:
The dspftcpparm command displays the TCP bandwidth throttle parameter.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnftcpparm
This command displays the TCP bandwidth throttle parameter. Figure 1-100 shows a typical display.
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 11:42 PST
NWIP Bandwidth Throttle (Kbytes/sec): 32
Last Command: dsptcpparm
Next Command:
The dsptrkcons command displays the number of connections routed over the specified trunk. This command applies to physical and virtual trunks.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptrkmcons, dspplnmcons
<line number> | Trunk number. |
This command displays the total number of connections being carried by the specified trunk. The connections are summed for each terminating node in the network and lists the connection count for the transmit direction (out of the node).
This command is useful in determining the source of dropped packets in cases where the specified trunk is oversubscribed. Use the dsptrks command to list the trunks that originate at each node. Next, use the dsptrkcons to determine the number of connections (the more connections per trunk the greater the possibility of over-subscription). Then use the dsprts command to identify any through nodes (where the trunk is not terminated). Finally, look at the utilization factor for each of these lines using the dsputl and dspdutl commands. Figure 1-101 illustrates the dsptrkcons command display.
batman TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 9 1998 15:57 GMT
Connection Counts For TRK 5.1
Src Node Conns Src Node Conns Src Node Conns Src Node Conns
batman 1765
Last Command: dsptrkcons 5.1
Next Command:
The dsptrkmcons command displays the number of connections routed over the specified trunk (BNI) by the master node.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsptrkcons
<line number> | Specified trunk number. Note that in a BPX, the line number must include a port number. |
This command displays the total number of connections being carried by the specified trunk. Rather than showing the remote end of the connection, the display lists the connection and the node that owns that connections.
This command is useful in determining the source of dropped packets in cases where the specified trunk is oversubscribed. First, use the dsptrkmcons command to list the trunks that originate at each node (the more connections per trunk, the greater the possibility of over-subscription). Next, use the dsprts command to identify any through-nodes (on which the trunk is not terminated). Finally, look at the utilization for each of these lines by using the dsputl and dspdutl commands. Figure 1-102 illustrates the dsptrkmcons command display.
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 26 1998 13:16 PST
Connection Counts For TRK 6.1
Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns
sw86 26
Last Command: dsptrkmcons 6.1
Next Command:
The dsptrkstatcnf command displays the enabled statistics a physical or virtual trunk.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnftrkstats
<line> | Specifies the trunk: line can have the form slot, slot.port or slot.port.vtrk. The format depends on whether the trunk card has one or more physical ports and whether the trunk is a virtual trunk. |
This command displays the statistics enabled for a trunk. It is intended for debugging statistics collection problems. It displays the trunk statistics set by the cnftrkstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. Figure 1-103 shows example statistics for a T3 ATM trunk. The Owner column shows the source of the specification. If the Owner column shows "AUTO," the node's features determined the statistics. If the Owner column shows the name of the node, Cisco WAN Manager determined the statistics. If the Owner column shows "USER," the cnftrkstats command was used to configure the statistics. The display may take up to four screens to display completely depending on statistics displayed.
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Oct. 22 1998 23:47 PST
Statistics Enabled on Trunk 1.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
3) Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
4) Loss of Signal 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
29) Line Code Violation 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
32) Line Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
35) Path Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
41) BIP-8 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
46) HCS Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
48) Tx Voice Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
49) Tx TS Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
50) Tx NTS Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
51) Tx Hi-Pri Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
This Command: dsptrkstatcnf 1.1
Continue? y
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Oct. 22 1998 23:48 PST
Statistics Enabled on Trunk 1.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
52) Tx BData A Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
53) Tx BData B Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
98) Frame Sync Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
167) Tx CBR Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
168) Tx VBR Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
169) Tx ABR Overflow Drpd Cells 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
Last Command: dsptrkstatcnf 1.1
Next Command:
The dsptrkstathist command displays a history of configured statistics for a physical or virtual trunk.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
cnftrkstats, dsptrkstatcnf
<trunk> | Specifies the trunk in one of the following formats: |
The dsptrkstathist command is a statistics debugging command. It displays the data for the last five occurrences of the selected statistic. The available trunk statistics appear on screen upon entry of the dsptrkstathist command. (The cnftrkstats command enables individual statistics. The dsptrkstatcnf command displays the enabled statistics for a trunk.) Figure 1-104 displays a statistic history for virtual trunk 1.1.1. The statistic is TX ABR Overflow Dropped Cells. This is statistic number 169. The execution of dsptrkstatcnf shows as enabled for this trunk. (If a disabled statistic is selected, a message stating this appears above the command line prompt.) The entered bucket interval is 0 minutes, which means that only the preceding 60 seconds worth of gathered data for number 169 appears.
sw97 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.2 Aug. 9 1998 12:42 GMT
Tx ABR Overflow Drpd Cells on Trunk 1.1.1
Interval: 10 Second(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), NO Peaks, Owner: AUTO
0 - 0 -11 - 0
-1 - 0 -12 - 0
-2 - 0 -13 - 0
-3 - 0 -14 - 0
-4 - 0 -15 - 0
-5 - 0 -16 - 0
-6 - 0 -17 - 0
-7 - 0 -18 - 0
-8 - 0 -19 - 0
-9 - 0 -20 - 0
-10 - 0 -21 - 0
This Command: dsptrkstathist 1.1.1 169 0 BPX
Continue?
The dsputl command displays the utilization factor for all voice connections on a circuit line.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspdutl
<bslot> | Specifies the shelf back slot number of the circuit line. |
[clear] | Directs the controller card to clear the utilization counters after being displayed. |
This command displays the actual percentage utilization for all voice connections on a single circuit line specified by the back slot (bslot) number. The percentage is calculated by dividing the number of packets transmitted over the total number of packets allocated to the specified channel. Only transmit packet rates are used. If percentage of actual utilization exceeds the configured utilization the channel appears in reverse video.
Figure 1-105 illustrates a typical display. In this example, the connections from 11.1 to 11.11 use VAD and the connections from 11.12 to 11.17 do not. The connections using VAD do not use any network bandwidth (0 utilization) until the connection is used. The other connections utilize the full bandwidth (100% utilization) even though they may be idle.
Use the dspdutl command to display utilization for data channels.
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.2 Aug. 14 1998 16:36 PDT
Percentage utilization Last Cleared: Date/Time Not Set Snapshot
CLN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 99 99
CLN 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
11 99
Last Command: dsputl 11
Next Command:
The getfwrev command gets and loads a firmware image from Cisco WAN Manager, Cisco WAN Manager, or a remote node into the specified card on the specified node or on all reachable nodes.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
burnfwrev, dspfwrev, dspdnld
<card type> | Specifies the card on which to load the revision. |
<image name> | Specifies the name assigned to the firmware revision. Image names are generally in all capital letters and are case-sensitive when being entered. |
<nodename> | Specifies the node on which to load the revision. |
This command gets and loads a firmware revision image into the specified node's NPC memory. This firmware image can then be downloaded to specific interface cards within the node with the burnfwrev command. The firmware image must be already loaded into the Cisco WAN Manager or Cisco WAN Manager terminal before using this command.
When the command is first entered, the status is temporarily "Unavailable" while the node attempts to locate the source of the firmware image. Once the download begins, a list of all of the files that make up the image is displayed and as the downloading progresses, the address of the file is updated.
Caution This command is not to be confused with loadrev. The loadrev command loads system software, not firmware. |
The killuser command logs out a user.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
none
<user number> | Specifies the number of the user to log out. |
This command logs out a user. The killuser screen in Figure 1-106 displays a numbered list of users. The number is the argument that killuser takes. The display indicates your user number so that you do not log out yourself.
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Dec. 9 1998 00:11 PST
# TASK PURPOSE USER ID # TASK PURPOSE USER ID
-- ---- ------------ ------- -- ---- ------------ -------
1 USR1 control port none 13 VT_5 VT none
2 USR2 auxilry port none 14 VT_6 VT none
3 USR3 lan port(SV) none 15 SNMP agent n/a
4 TN_1 lan (telnet) SuperUser < You 16 JOBS runs jobs n/a
5 TN_2 lan (telnet) none
6 TN_3 lan (telnet) none
7 TN_4 lan (telnet) none
8 TN_5 lan (telnet) none
9 VT_1 VT none
10 VT_2 VT none
11 VT_3 VT none
12 VT_4 VT none
This Command: killuser
Please Enter User Number:
The loadcnf command loads a configuration image from Cisco WAN Manager to a node.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX, IGX/AF
dspcnf, runcnf, savecnf
<backup_id > | Specifies the name of the backup configuration file to be loaded. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<clear> | Specifies that the control card buffer area used for loading a configuration be cleared. |
<node name> | Specifies the target node where the backup configuration file is to be loaded. |
<source_SV_node> | Specifies the node connected to the Cisco WAN Manager where the configuration file backup_id resides. |
This command causes a saved network configuration file to be downloaded from Cisco WAN Manager to one node or all nodes. (See savecnf.) The configuration image downloaded is temporarily stored in a buffer area in a node's controller card memory. The process runs in the background and may take several minutes if the configuration file is large. Although loaded, the configuration is not yet restored. The configuration is restored to the controller card's BRAM memory using the runcnf command.
After loading and restoring a network configuration, the control card buffer area used for this purpose should be cleared so it is available for other downloading processes, such as that of firmware. To clear the buffer area, execute loadcnf with the clear parameter specified instead of backup_id. Specify the buffer of an individual node with node_name or all nodes with *. For the purpose of clearing the buffer area, do not specify the source_SV_node parameter.
To execute this command on an IGX/AF interface shelf, telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to the shelf.
The loadrev command loads a secondary system software revision image from Cisco WAN Manager into a node.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX, IGX/AF
runrev, dsprevs, cnfdlparm, upggrp
<revision> | Specifies the revision level of the system software file to be loaded. |
<node_name> | Specifies the target node where the secondary revision is to be loaded. |
<group_name> | Specifies a subset of nodes in the network. |
<*> | Specifies all nodes in the network. |
This command loads the secondary revision system software for the specified nodes. The secondary revision system software is the code that is loaded onto a controller card but is not being run. Use the runrev command (after you have loaded a revision with loadrev) to make the secondary revision the primary revision. The primary revision then becomes the secondary.
Examples of this command:
After entering the command, the system responds with the following:
Enter Rev Number:
Use the dsprevs command to view the software revisions that are currently loaded in the controller memory. Use the dspdnld command to display a running picture of the download procedure status once it has begun. The runrev command also displays the lowest revision running in the network.
Caution Do not confuse loadrev with getfwrev. The getfwrev command loads firmware, not system software. |
The prtcderrs command prints out detailed card failure information.
Jobs: Yes Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
clrcderrs, dspcderrs
<slot > | Specifies the shelf slot where the selected card is installed. |
Prints a history of card failures associated with a specified slot on the network printer. If no argument is specified, a summary is printed, indicating the slots that have failures recorded against them. Refer to dspcderrs command for an example of a typical card error record that might be printed.
The rrtcon command is used to manually reroute one or more connections.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
drtop
<group | channel(s) | *>: | Specifies a group, a channel, or a range of channels to be rerouted. |
This command forces a group, channel or range of channels to be rerouted. If a free-routing connection is rerouted by the system for whatever reason, it will not automatically return to its original route when the trouble clears. This may leave the connection on a path that is not the most direct or cost effective.
You can use rrtcon to force a reroute that will likely put the connection back to its original route if that route is available. Over time, many routes may need to be rerouted back to their original paths. In this case, use the "*" parameter with rrtcon on the node where you originally executed it to reroute all connections.
To use this command you must first vt to the node that owns the connection (local node). If not at the local node, the system displays "This node is not owner of the connection(s)."
There is no provision for specifying a route. The node determines the connection route according to the same rules that are used when adding a new connection. If no network bandwidth is available for rerouting the connection, the node marks the connection as failed.
Caution Using this command on a connection that is in service should be done with some discretion because the reroute interrupts service for as long as it takes to reroute the connection. |
The rststats command resets the statistics collection time for the tststats command. Executing rststats clears all statistics. When you enter it, a prompt warns you that the command clears all statistics and asks if you want to proceed.
Jobs: Yes Log: No Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
tststats
This command resets the collection time for the tststats command. The tststats command displays a test statistics summary. Before there will be any meaningful statistics, the tstcon command must be performed on one or more network connections. Refer to the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference for information on the tstcon command. Figure 1-107 illustrates the system response.
alpha32 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.2 Aug. 30 1998 13:35 PST
This Command: rststats
Warning: This command clears all statistics
Continue?
The runcnf command restores a network configuration image at one or all nodes.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX, IGX/AF
savecnf, loadcnf, clrcnf
<backup_id> | Specifies the name of the configuration image loaded from Cisco WAN Manager. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to receive the configuration. An asterisk (*) specifies all nodes. |
This command restores the specified configuration to the controller card's BRAM memory and overwrites the current configuration. Once restored, the specified node (or all nodes) rebuilds with the restored configuration image. To execute this command on an IGX/AF interface shelf, telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to the shelf.
This command is usually run after a previous configuration has been lost. If doubts exist about the state of the configuration at other nodes in the network, load the configuration into all nodes by specifying "*" for the node name. The new configuration must have previously been loaded into the controller buffer area with the loadcnf command.
Caution All network nodes must be run with the same configuration. |
The system may display two warnings in response to the runcnf command:
1. When single node specified:
2. When all nodes specified:
If a single node is not reachable, responding with a "Y" does not affect the operation of the network. If node(s) do not all have the specified configuration or all are unreachable, it is not recommended that you continue until after the problem is resolved.
The runrev command runs a specific revision of the system software at a node.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsprevs, loadrev, cnfdlparm, upggrp
<revision> | Identifies the revision you want to run. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to rebuild with a new configuration. |
<group_name> | Specifies a subset of nodes in the network. |
* | Specifies all nodes in the network. |
This command sets the primary revision for the specified nodes. The primary software revision is the one that is actively controlling node operation. You can also load a non-active secondary revision that differs from the primary revision running in the controller. To set the primary software revision, enter:
After entering the command, the system responds with "Enter Rev Number." Use the dsprevs command to determine which revision(s)primary and secondaryare available on the node. The runrev command also displays the lowest revision running in the network. The runrev command will be ignored if the required revision is not present on the node.
You may need to load the new revision onto the Cisco WAN Manager terminal and then use loadrev command to download the new software image into the standby controller before you issue the runrev command. If you enter a revision number that does not exist at the node, the system displays the message
Caution All network nodes typically should be run with the same software revision to ensure normal network operation. |
The savecnf command saves a configuration image on a Cisco WAN Manager workstation disk.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX, BPX, IGX/AF
loadcnf, runcnf, clrcnf
<backup_id> | Specifies the name of a configuration to be saved on Cisco WAN Manager. The Backup ID must be 1-8 alphanumeric characters with the first character being alphabetic. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<clear> | Specifies that the buffer area should be cleared. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to save configuration on. An * may be specified to indicate all nodes. |
<dest_SV_node> | Specifies the node name where Cisco WAN Manager is connected and is to receive the specified backup_id. |
<dest_SV_IP> | For IGX/AF interface shelves only, this optional specification is the IP address of the Cisco WAN Manager that is to receive the configuration image. |
The savecnf command has two possible applications. It saves all the configurations for the nodes in a routing network, or it saves the configuration of one IGX/AF interface shelf to a specific Cisco WAN Manager workstation. Once saved, you can restore the configuration to BRAM by using the loadcnf and runcnf commands. You should execute savecnf in the following situations:
In a routing network, savecnf saves a configuration image for one node or all routing nodes (node_name = *) on the Cisco WAN Manager workstation specified by dest_SV_node.
To execute savecnf on an IGX/AF, either telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to it: savecnf saves a configuration image of only the current shelf. The image is stored on the workstation with the IP address in the parameter dest_SV_ip. (In a routing network, dest_SV_ip is not necessary.) Note that node_name and dest_SV_node must both be the name of the shelf. The IP address of the destination Cisco WAN Manager workstation uniquely identifies where to store the configuration image.
The setfpevt command enables the reporting of FastPAD events.
Jobs: No Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
clrfpevt, dsplog
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot and port of the FastPAD. |
Executing setfpevt restarts FastPAD event logging after you have stopped logging by using clrfpevt.
The reason for executing clrfpevt is to prevent the large number of logged events that accumulate when certain user-controlled disruptions occur. Without suspension of event-logging, the number of events caused by the disruption can cause the FastPAD to become unreachable. Examples of these events are
setfpevt 9.3
The example command resumes event logging for the FastPAD connected to port 9.3.
Figure 1-108 illustrates a typical report of FastPAD events.
sw152 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Nov. 26 1998 15:14 GMT
Most recent log entries (most recent at top)
Class Description Date Time
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:12 11/26/97 15:13:28
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:1 11/26/97 15:13:28
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 14:28:40
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 12:56:49
Info Invalid Login Attempt via LAN Port (Local) 11/26/97 12:56:46
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 11/26/97 11:31:51
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas COM OK (Kickoff) 11/26/97 11:23:17
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas Unreachable 11/26/97 10:59:32
Info AD 9.2.3 dallas COM OK (Kickoff) 11/26/97 10:56:54
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:12 11/25/97 18:16:45
Info FP fp93 event: 9.3.B grp:0-0 code:1 11/25/97 18:16:45
Last Command: dsplog
Next Command:
The tststats command displays a summary of the test statistics that result from performing a tstcon command on various network connections.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
tstcon
[clear] | Specifies that the test statistics buffers be cleared. |
Before tststats displays any meaningful statistics, the tstcon command must run on one or more network connections. Refer to the Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference for information on the tstcon command. The following are displayed for voice, data, and Frame Relay connections.
Figure 1-109 illustrates a typical test statistics display.
sw150 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 21:54 GMT
Connection Test results since: Date/Time Not Set
Type Total Passed Failed Aborted
Voice 0 0 0 0
Data 0 0 0 0
Fr Relay 0 0 0 0
Last Command: tststats
Next Command:
You can use the tstbadubus command to test an NTM corruption problem. It can be used any time you encounter a possible cell drop problem. Issue the tstbadubus command to make sure the problem is not caused by the UBU allocation.
Jobs: Yes Log: Yes Lock: Yes Node Type: IGX
dspbusbw, cnfbusbw
The tstbadubus command checks every allocated UBU to see if the above problem exists. If an allocation problem is detected, the falsely allocated UBUs will be displayed.
Tests the NTM-UXM/NPM UBU corruption problem.
The NTM card has been known to corrupt Lane 1 of its previous UBU. But it only affects the cells, not FastPackets. Thus it may corrupt data for the UXM card (cells) and NPM (AAL5 cells) if their UBUs are located in front of the one for the NTM card.
For example, if UBU 2 is used by the NTM, the cells (not FastPackets) in Lane 1 of UBU 1 will be corrupted. Because the UXM and NPM are the only cards using the cells in the bus, the UBU immediately before the one used by NTM cannot be allocated to the UXM or NPM.
The UBU allocation software will not assign UBUs for a UXM and an NPM card, if it is next to the one for NTM (to avoid the problem mentioned above).
The tstbadubus command checks every allocated UBU to see if the above problem exists. If an allocation problem is detected, the falsely allocated UBUs will be displayed.
If the tstbadubus screen shows something similar to the screen in Example 1, then reallocating the UBU to slot 8 may cure the problem.
Issue the dspbusbw <8> command to see how may UBUs are currently allocated to slot 8. If the allocated UBU is 10, then always add one more UBU to the card. Use cnfbusbw <8> <11> to allocate 11 UBUs to slot 8. Most of the time, this change can remove the corruption condition.
If the problem persists, then add two more UBUs to the card. The idea is that by adding one or two more UBUs to the card, the UBU locations to be allocated change, which may cure the problem. Reallocating one or two fewer UBUs may also work.
Test NTM corruption problem
tstbadubus
dspbusbw, cnfbusbw
tstbadubus
The 24th UBU in page 3 was "badly" allocated (causing corruption). It is allocated to the NTM located at slot 4. This UBU corrupts the UBU allocated to the UXM located at slot 8. A cell drop will be expected for slot 8 due to the corruption.
Figure 1-110 shows the system response to the tstbadubus command.
sw152 TRM SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2.w3 Apr. 16 1999 15:13 GMT
NTM-UXM UBU Corruption Test
Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM
3 24 4 8
Total 1 Corrupted UBUs detected
Last Command: tstbadubus
Figure 1-111 shows the system response to an NTM corruption problem.
sw150 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Aug. 1 1998 21:54 GMT
Connection Test results since: Date/Time Not Set
Type Total Passed Failed Aborted
Voice 0 0 0 0
Data 0 0 0 0
Fr Relay 0 0 0 0
Last Command: tststats
Next Command:
The loadrev and runrev commands take "upgrade group" names as arguments, allowing you to upgrade any subset of nodes at the same time.
Previous to Release 9.1, you could specify either a single node name, or an '*' (asterisk) to specify all nodes in the network, as an argument to runrev or loadrev. An "upgrade group" is a list of nodes, which could be all nodes in the network. Instead of running runrev for each node to be upgraded, upgrading an entire group of nodes at one time leads to a synchronized upgrade process (which the "staggered update mechanism" relies on). The staggered mechanism prevents a situation where many nodes send messages to a single node at the same time.
After an upgrade, each node requests information from every node about its topology and connection database to compensate for any errors or race conditions that may occur during the upgrade. Every node sends its messages to only one node during a given interval. If all nodes start sending these updates at the same time (and the interval is configured the same on all nodes), then all nodes will send messages to different nodes as everyone has a different node number. Whenever the interval ends, they start sending to a node with the next node number. If they would not start at the same time, there would be overlaps as one node could be in its first interval, whereas others are already in the second or third interval.
If all nodes start at the same time, it is guaranteed that one node will exchange updates with only one other node during a given interval, reducing the amount of stress that would occur when multiple nodes send updates to one node at the same time.
Jobs: No Log: No Lock: No Node Type: IGX, BPX
dsprevs, cnfdlparm, loadrev, runrev
This command creates a group of nodes to be upgraded by the loadrev and runrev commands. To create an upgrade group type
You can create up to 20 upgrade groups. Naming the upgrade groups follows the same convention as for node names; that is, choose group names that are different from the node names in the network. If loadrev or runrev encounter a name conflict, the commands chose the node name interpretation.
To delete an upgrade group that is no longer needed, enter:
This frees up the resources used by that group.
To show (list) the currently defined upgrade groups, enter:
To list all the member nodes of a group, enter:
To add several nodes to an upgrade group, enter:
The length of the node list can be as long as the command line allows. If an entry is invalid, that is, it is not a valid node name or not a name of a node in the network, an error message prints, and the remainder of the node list is not processed. The nodes before the invalid node are added to the group.
After the command is executed, the members of the group are listed. You can add nodes to an upgrade group in multiple iterations.
To remove a node or several nodes from an upgrade group, enter:
The length of the node list can be as long as the command line allows. If an entry is invalid, that is, it is not a valid node name or not the name of a node in the net, an error message is printed, and the remainder of the node list is not processed. The nodes before the invalid node name are removed from the group. After the command is executed, the members of the group are listed.
Table 1-62 describes the parameters of the upggrp command.
Parameters | Description |
upggrp -d[delete] <group name> | delete a user group |
upggrp -s[how] [<group name>] | show the defined upgrades group(s) |
upggrp -a[ddnode] <group name> | add nodes to the group |
upggrp -r[emovenode] <group name> | remove list of nodes from group |
Posted: Fri Nov 1 13:02:09 PST 2002
All contents are Copyright © 1992--2002 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Important Notices and Privacy Statement.